- No category
advertisement
SRX1400 Services Gateway
Hardware Guide
Published: 2010-09-21
Revision 01
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Juniper Networks, Inc.
1194 North Mathilda Avenue
Sunnyvale, California 94089
USA
408-745-2000 www.juniper.net
This product includes the Envoy SNMP Engine, developed by Epilogue Technology, an Integrated Systems Company. Copyright © 1986-1997,
Epilogue Technology Corporation. All rights reserved. This program and its documentation were developed at private expense, and no part of them is in the public domain.
This product includes memory allocation software developed by Mark Moraes, copyright © 1988, 1989, 1993, University of Toronto.
This product includes FreeBSD software developed by the University of California, Berkeley, and its contributors. All of the documentation and software included in the 4.4BSD and 4.4BSD-Lite Releases is copyrighted by the Regents of the University of California. Copyright ©
1979, 1980, 1983, 1986, 1988, 1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
GateD software copyright © 1995, the Regents of the University. All rights reserved. Gate Daemon was originated and developed through release 3.0 by Cornell University and its collaborators. Gated is based on Kirton’s EGP, UC Berkeley’s routing daemon (routed), and DCN’s
HELLO routing protocol. Development of Gated has been supported in part by the National Science Foundation. Portions of the GateD software copyright © 1988, Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved. Portions of the GateD software copyright © 1991, D.
L. S. Associates.
This product includes software developed by Maker Communications, Inc., copyright © 1996, 1997, Maker Communications, Inc.
Juniper Networks, Junos, Steel-Belted Radius, NetScreen, and ScreenOS are registered trademarks of Juniper Networks, Inc. in the United
States and other countries. The Juniper Networks Logo, the Junos logo, and JunosE are trademarks of Juniper Networks, Inc. All other trademarks, service marks, registered trademarks, or registered service marks are the property of their respective owners.
Juniper Networks assumes no responsibility for any inaccuracies in this document. Juniper Networks reserves the right to change, modify, transfer, or otherwise revise this publication without notice.
Products made or sold by Juniper Networks or components thereof might be covered by one or more of the following patents that are owned by or licensed to Juniper Networks: U.S. Patent Nos. 5,473,599, 5,905,725, 5,909,440, 6,192,051, 6,333,650, 6,359,479, 6,406,312,
6,429,706, 6,459,579, 6,493,347, 6,538,518, 6,538,899, 6,552,918, 6,567,902, 6,578,186, and 6,590,785.
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Copyright © 2009, Juniper Networks, Inc.
All rights reserved. Printed in USA.
Revision History
October 2010— Revision 01
The information in this document is current as of the date listed in the revision history.
SOFTWARE LICENSE
The terms and conditions for using this software are described in the software license contained in the acknowledgment to your purchase order or, to the extent applicable, to any reseller agreement or end-user purchase agreement executed between you and Juniper Networks.
By using this software, you indicate that you understand and agree to be bound by those terms and conditions.
Generally speaking, the software license restricts the manner in which you are permitted to use the software and may contain prohibitions against certain uses. The software license may state conditions under which the license is automatically terminated. You should consult the license for further details.
For complete product documentation, please see the Juniper Networks Web site at www.juniper.net/techpubs.
ii Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (“AGREEMENT”) BEFORE DOWNLOADING, INSTALLING, OR USING THE SOFTWARE.
BY DOWNLOADING, INSTALLING, OR USING THE SOFTWARE OR OTHERWISE EXPRESSING YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE TERMS
CONTAINED HEREIN, YOU (AS CUSTOMER OR IF YOU ARE NOT THE CUSTOMER, AS A REPRESENTATIVE/AGENT AUTHORIZED TO
BIND THE CUSTOMER) CONSENT TO BE BOUND BY THIS AGREEMENT. IF YOU DO NOT OR CANNOT AGREE TO THE TERMS CONTAINED
HEREIN, THEN (A) DO NOT DOWNLOAD, INSTALL, OR USE THE SOFTWARE, AND (B) YOU MAY CONTACT JUNIPER NETWORKS
REGARDING LICENSE TERMS.
1. The Parties. The parties to this Agreement are (i) Juniper Networks, Inc. (if the Customer’s principal office is located in the Americas) or
Juniper Networks (Cayman) Limited (if the Customer’s principal office is located outside the Americas) (such applicable entity being referred to herein as “Juniper”), and (ii) the person or organization that originally purchased from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller the applicable license(s) for use of the Software (“Customer”) (collectively, the “Parties”).
2. The Software. In this Agreement, “Software” means the program modules and features of the Juniper or Juniper-supplied software, for which Customer has paid the applicable license or support fees to Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller, or which was embedded by
Juniper in equipment which Customer purchased from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller. “Software” also includes updates, upgrades and new releases of such software. “Embedded Software” means Software which Juniper has embedded in or loaded onto the Juniper equipment and any updates, upgrades, additions or replacements which are subsequently embedded in or loaded onto the equipment.
3. License Grant. Subject to payment of the applicable fees and the limitations and restrictions set forth herein, Juniper grants to Customer a non-exclusive and non-transferable license, without right to sublicense, to use the Software, in executable form only, subject to the following use restrictions: a. Customer shall use Embedded Software solely as embedded in, and for execution on, Juniper equipment originally purchased by
Customer from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller.
b. Customer shall use the Software on a single hardware chassis having a single processing unit, or as many chassis or processing units for which Customer has paid the applicable license fees; provided, however, with respect to the Steel-Belted Radius or Odyssey Access
Client software only, Customer shall use such Software on a single computer containing a single physical random access memory space and containing any number of processors. Use of the Steel-Belted Radius or IMS AAA software on multiple computers or virtual machines
(e.g., Solaris zones) requires multiple licenses, regardless of whether such computers or virtualizations are physically contained on a single chassis.
c. Product purchase documents, paper or electronic user documentation, and/or the particular licenses purchased by Customer may specify limits to Customer’s use of the Software. Such limits may restrict use to a maximum number of seats, registered endpoints, concurrent users, sessions, calls, connections, subscribers, clusters, nodes, realms, devices, links, ports or transactions, or require the purchase of separate licenses to use particular features, functionalities, services, applications, operations, or capabilities, or provide throughput, performance, configuration, bandwidth, interface, processing, temporal, or geographical limits. In addition, such limits may restrict the use of the Software to managing certain kinds of networks or require the Software to be used only in conjunction with other specific Software.
Customer’s use of the Software shall be subject to all such limitations and purchase of all applicable licenses.
d. For any trial copy of the Software, Customer’s right to use the Software expires 30 days after download, installation or use of the
Software. Customer may operate the Software after the 30-day trial period only if Customer pays for a license to do so. Customer may not extend or create an additional trial period by re-installing the Software after the 30-day trial period.
e. The Global Enterprise Edition of the Steel-Belted Radius software may be used by Customer only to manage access to Customer’s enterprise network. Specifically, service provider customers are expressly prohibited from using the Global Enterprise Edition of the
Steel-Belted Radius software to support any commercial network access services.
The foregoing license is not transferable or assignable by Customer. No license is granted herein to any user who did not originally purchase the applicable license(s) for the Software from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller.
4. Use Prohibitions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the license provided herein does not permit the Customer to, and Customer agrees not to and shall not: (a) modify, unbundle, reverse engineer, or create derivative works based on the Software; (b) make unauthorized copies of the Software (except as necessary for backup purposes); (c) rent, sell, transfer, or grant any rights in and to any copy of the
Software, in any form, to any third party; (d) remove any proprietary notices, labels, or marks on or in any copy of the Software or any product in which the Software is embedded; (e) distribute any copy of the Software to any third party, including as may be embedded in Juniper equipment sold in the secondhand market; (f) use any ‘locked’ or key-restricted feature, function, service, application, operation, or capability without first purchasing the applicable license(s) and obtaining a valid key from Juniper, even if such feature, function, service, application, operation, or capability is enabled without a key; (g) distribute any key for the Software provided by Juniper to any third party; (h) use the
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
iii
Software in any manner that extends or is broader than the uses purchased by Customer from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller; (i) use Embedded Software on non-Juniper equipment; (j) use Embedded Software (or make it available for use) on Juniper equipment that the Customer did not originally purchase from Juniper or an authorized Juniper reseller; (k) disclose the results of testing or benchmarking of the Software to any third party without the prior written consent of Juniper; or (l) use the Software in any manner other than as expressly provided herein.
5. Audit. Customer shall maintain accurate records as necessary to verify compliance with this Agreement. Upon request by Juniper,
Customer shall furnish such records to Juniper and certify its compliance with this Agreement.
6. Confidentiality. The Parties agree that aspects of the Software and associated documentation are the confidential property of Juniper.
As such, Customer shall exercise all reasonable commercial efforts to maintain the Software and associated documentation in confidence, which at a minimum includes restricting access to the Software to Customer employees and contractors having a need to use the Software for Customer’s internal business purposes.
7. Ownership. Juniper and Juniper’s licensors, respectively, retain ownership of all right, title, and interest (including copyright) in and to the Software, associated documentation, and all copies of the Software. Nothing in this Agreement constitutes a transfer or conveyance of any right, title, or interest in the Software or associated documentation, or a sale of the Software, associated documentation, or copies of the Software.
8. Warranty, Limitation of Liability, Disclaimer of Warranty. The warranty applicable to the Software shall be as set forth in the warranty statement that accompanies the Software (the “Warranty Statement”). Nothing in this Agreement shall give rise to any obligation to support the Software. Support services may be purchased separately. Any such support shall be governed by a separate, written support services agreement. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, JUNIPER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF DATA,
OR COSTS OR PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES, OR FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE SOFTWARE, OR ANY JUNIPER OR JUNIPER-SUPPLIED SOFTWARE. IN NO EVENT SHALL JUNIPER
BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES ARISING FROM UNAUTHORIZED OR IMPROPER USE OF ANY JUNIPER OR JUNIPER-SUPPLIED SOFTWARE.
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THE WARRANTY STATEMENT TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, JUNIPER DISCLAIMS ANY
AND ALL WARRANTIES IN AND TO THE SOFTWARE (WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY, OR OTHERWISE), INCLUDING ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT DOES
JUNIPER WARRANT THAT THE SOFTWARE, OR ANY EQUIPMENT OR NETWORK RUNNING THE SOFTWARE, WILL OPERATE WITHOUT
ERROR OR INTERRUPTION, OR WILL BE FREE OF VULNERABILITY TO INTRUSION OR ATTACK. In no event shall Juniper’s or its suppliers’ or licensors’ liability to Customer, whether in contract, tort (including negligence), breach of warranty, or otherwise, exceed the price paid by Customer for the Software that gave rise to the claim, or if the Software is embedded in another Juniper product, the price paid by
Customer for such other product. Customer acknowledges and agrees that Juniper has set its prices and entered into this Agreement in reliance upon the disclaimers of warranty and the limitations of liability set forth herein, that the same reflect an allocation of risk between the Parties (including the risk that a contract remedy may fail of its essential purpose and cause consequential loss), and that the same form an essential basis of the bargain between the Parties.
9. Termination. Any breach of this Agreement or failure by Customer to pay any applicable fees due shall result in automatic termination of the license granted herein. Upon such termination, Customer shall destroy or return to Juniper all copies of the Software and related documentation in Customer’s possession or control.
10. Taxes. All license fees payable under this agreement are exclusive of tax. Customer shall be responsible for paying Taxes arising from the purchase of the license, or importation or use of the Software. If applicable, valid exemption documentation for each taxing jurisdiction shall be provided to Juniper prior to invoicing, and Customer shall promptly notify Juniper if their exemption is revoked or modified. All payments made by Customer shall be net of any applicable withholding tax. Customer will provide reasonable assistance to Juniper in connection with such withholding taxes by promptly: providing Juniper with valid tax receipts and other required documentation showing
Customer’s payment of any withholding taxes; completing appropriate applications that would reduce the amount of withholding tax to be paid; and notifying and assisting Juniper in any audit or tax proceeding related to transactions hereunder. Customer shall comply with all applicable tax laws and regulations, and Customer will promptly pay or reimburse Juniper for all costs and damages related to any liability incurred by Juniper as a result of Customer’s non-compliance or delay with its responsibilities herein. Customer’s obligations under this Section shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement.
11. Export. Customer agrees to comply with all applicable export laws and restrictions and regulations of any United States and any applicable foreign agency or authority, and not to export or re-export the Software or any direct product thereof in violation of any such restrictions, laws or regulations, or without all necessary approvals. Customer shall be liable for any such violations. The version of the
Software supplied to Customer may contain encryption or other capabilities restricting Customer’s ability to export the Software without an export license.
iv Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
12. Commercial Computer Software. The Software is “commercial computer software” and is provided with restricted rights. Use, duplication, or disclosure by the United States government is subject to restrictions set forth in this Agreement and as provided in DFARS
227.7201 through 227.7202-4, FAR 12.212, FAR 27.405(b)(2), FAR 52.227-19, or FAR 52.227-14(ALT III) as applicable.
13. Interface Information. To the extent required by applicable law, and at Customer's written request, Juniper shall provide Customer with the interface information needed to achieve interoperability between the Software and another independently created program, on payment of applicable fee, if any. Customer shall observe strict obligations of confidentiality with respect to such information and shall use such information in compliance with any applicable terms and conditions upon which Juniper makes such information available.
14. Third Party Software. Any licensor of Juniper whose software is embedded in the Software and any supplier of Juniper whose products or technology are embedded in (or services are accessed by) the Software shall be a third party beneficiary with respect to this Agreement, and such licensor or vendor shall have the right to enforce this Agreement in its own name as if it were Juniper. In addition, certain third party software may be provided with the Software and is subject to the accompanying license(s), if any, of its respective owner(s). To the extent portions of the Software are distributed under and subject to open source licenses obligating Juniper to make the source code for such portions publicly available (such as the GNU General Public License (“GPL”) or the GNU Library General Public License (“LGPL”)), Juniper will make such source code portions (including Juniper modifications, as appropriate) available upon request for a period of up to three years from the date of distribution. Such request can be made in writing to Juniper Networks, Inc., 1194 N. Mathilda Ave., Sunnyvale, CA
94089, ATTN: General Counsel. You may obtain a copy of the GPL at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html
, and a copy of the LGPL at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html
.
15. Miscellaneous. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without reference to its conflicts of laws principles. The provisions of the U.N. Convention for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement. For any disputes arising under this Agreement, the Parties hereby consent to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state and federal courts within Santa Clara County, California. This Agreement constitutes the entire and sole agreement between Juniper and the Customer with respect to the Software, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements relating to the Software, whether oral or written
(including any inconsistent terms contained in a purchase order), except that the terms of a separate written agreement executed by an authorized Juniper representative and Customer shall govern to the extent such terms are inconsistent or conflict with terms contained herein. No modification to this Agreement nor any waiver of any rights hereunder shall be effective unless expressly assented to in writing by the party to be charged. If any portion of this Agreement is held invalid, the Parties agree that such invalidity shall not affect the validity of the remainder of this Agreement. This Agreement and associated documentation has been written in the English language, and the
Parties agree that the English version will govern. (For Canada: Les parties aux présentés confirment leur volonté que cette convention de même que tous les documents y compris tout avis qui s'y rattaché, soient redigés en langue anglaise. (Translation: The parties confirm that this Agreement and all related documentation is and will be in the English language)).
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
v
vi Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
Part 1
SRX1400 Services Gateway Overview
Introduction to the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SRX1400 Services Gateway Physical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
SRX1400 Services Gateway Environmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
SRX1400 Services Gateway Features Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Enterprise
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Service Provider
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Data Center . . . . . . . . . 9
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway Data Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
SRX1400 Services Gateway Back Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
SRX1400 Services Gateway System I/O Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
POWER Button Functionality on the System I/O Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
LED Indicators on the System I/O Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Front Panel Ports and Connectors on the System I/O Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing Card . . . . . . . . . . 22
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
vii
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Part 2
I/O Cards Supported on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card . . . . . . . . 27
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
AC Power Supply Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
DC Power Supply Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Setting Up the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Preparing the Site for SRX1400 Services Gateway Installation . . . . . . . . . . 41
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack, Cabinet, and Airflow Clearance
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cabinet Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Cabinet Airflow Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Size and Strength Requirements . . . . 44
SRX1400 Services Gateway Spacing of Mounting Bracket Holes . . . . . . 45
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to the Building
Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance of the
SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Required Tools and Parts for Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . 47
Verifying Parts Received with the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
viii Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
SRX1400 Services Gateway Safety Requirements, Warnings, and Guidelines . . . 52
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Preparing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Rack-Mount or Cabinet
Installing the Mounting Hardware for the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . 54
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Using a Mechanical
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Manually . . . 58
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Manually . . . . 59
Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400
Lifting the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis into a Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis . . . . 62
Installing Additional Components into the SRX1400 Services
Installing a Network and Services Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services
Installing a System I/O Card into the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Installing an AC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Installing I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Installing a Copper or Fiber I/O Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . 69
Installing an I/O Card with Copper Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services
Installing an I/O Card with Fiber-Optic Media Interfaces in an SRX1400
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Device . . . . . . . . . 73
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Network for Out-of-Band
Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . 77
Required Tools and Parts for Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . 79
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Powering Off the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
ix
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide x
Part 3
Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services
SRX1400 Services Gateway Software Configuration Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Maintenance,
Replacement, and Troubleshooting Procedures
Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components . . . . 93
Required Tools and Parts for Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . 94
Maintaining the Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Maintaining the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Maintaining the Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . 96
Maintaining Power Supplies on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Troubleshooting the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Troubleshooting Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . 99
Troubleshooting with the CLI on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . 99
Troubleshooting with LEDs on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . 101
Troubleshooting with Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages on the SRX1400
Troubleshooting the Cooling System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . 103
Troubleshooting I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Troubleshooting the System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . 105
Troubleshooting the Network and Services Processing Card on the SRX1400
Troubleshooting the Power System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . 107
Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . 111
Field-Replaceable Units on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Required Tools and Parts for Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400
Replacing Cooling System Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . 113
Replacing the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Replacing the Cooling System Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services
Replacing Host Subsystem Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . 118
Replacing a Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . 118
Replacing a Network and Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services
Replacing an I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Replacing a System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . 124
Replacing SFP and XFP Transceivers on I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services
Replacing SFP and SFP+ Transceivers on a System I/O Card on the SRX1400
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
Part 4
Replacing Power System Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . 129
Replacing an AC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . 130
Replacing AC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . 132
Replacing a DC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . 132
Replacing DC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . 135
Replacing the Power Supply Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services
Appendixes
Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
SRX1400 Services Gateway Definition of Safety Warning Levels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings . . . . . . . . 143
Additional SRX1400 Services Gateway Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services
SRX1400 Services Gateway Fire Safety Requirements and Fire Suppression
SRX1400 Services Gateway Installation Safety Guidelines and Warnings . . . . . 149
Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
SRX1400 Services Gateway Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings . . . 155
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings . . . . . . . 165
General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Safety Guidelines and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Grounded Equipment Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Backplane Energy Hazard Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Power Disconnection Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Copper Conductors Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xi
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
DC Power Disconnection Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
SRX1400 Services Gateway Agency Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
SRX1400 Services Gateway Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements . . . 177
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Guidelines, Requirements, and
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis Grounding Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding-Cable Lug Specification . . . . . . . . . 180
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding Cable Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Specifications and Requirements . . . . . . 181
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power System Electrical Specifications . . . 181
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications . . . 182
Power Requirements for DC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways . . . . . . 183
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Cable Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Specifications and Requirements . . . . . 185
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power System Electrical Specifications . . . 186
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications . . . 186
Power Requirements for AC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways . . . . . . 187
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Cord Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Cable and Wire Guidelines for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Wiring Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Distance Limitations for Signaling for the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . 191
Radio Frequency Interference for the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . 191
Electromagnetic Compatibility for the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . 191
SRX1400 Services Gateway Network Cable Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the
SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
Calculating the Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400
Calculating the Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
Console Port Cable and Wire Specifications for the SRX1400 Services
xii Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Table of Contents
Part 5
Contacting Customer Support and Returning the SRX1400 Services
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Locating SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis Serial Number Label . . . 199
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine Serial Number
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway I/O Card Serial Number Label . . 200
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing
Card Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway System I/O Card Serial Number
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supply Serial Number
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Fan Tray Number Label . . . . . . . 202
Contacting Customer Support to Obtain Return Materials Authorization for the
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Packing an SRX1400 Services Gateway or a Component for Shipment . . . . . . . 204
Required Tools and Parts for Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . 204
Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Shipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Packing SRX1400 Services Gateway Components for Shipment . . . . . . . . 206
Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Hardware Components on
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services
Installing a Network Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . 212
Installing a Services Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . . . 214
Troubleshooting Network Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services
Troubleshooting Services Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services
Replacing a Network Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . 217
Replacing a Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway . . . . . 218
Locating the Network Processing Card Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Locating the Services Processing Card Serial Number Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Index
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xiii
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide xiv Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
About This Guide
•
•
•
Documentation Conventions on page xv
•
SRX Series Documentation and Release Notes on page xvii
•
Obtaining Documentation on page xvii
•
Documentation Feedback on page xviii
•
Requesting Technical Support on page xviii
Objectives
This guide describes hardware components and installation, basic configuration, and basic troubleshooting procedures for the Juniper Networks SRX1400 Services Gateway.
It explains how to prepare your site for services gateway installation, unpack and install the hardware, power on the services gateway, perform initial software configuration, and perform routine maintenance. After completing the installation and basic configuration procedures covered in this guide, see the Junos OS configuration guides for information about further Junos OS configuration.
Audience
This guide is designed for network administrators who are installing and maintaining a
Juniper Networks SRX1400 Services Gateway or preparing a site for Services Gateway installation. To use this guide, you need a broad understanding of networks in general and the Internet in particular, networking principles, and network configuration. Any detailed discussion of these concepts is beyond the scope of this guide.
Documentation Conventions
Table 1 on page xvi defines the notice icons used in this guide.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xv
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 1: Notice Icons
Icon Meaning
Informational note
Caution
Warning
Laser warning
Description
Indicates important features or instructions.
Indicates a situation that might result in loss of data or hardware damage.
Alerts you to the risk of personal injury or death.
Alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser.
Table 2 on page xvi defines the text and syntax conventions used in this guide.
Table 2: Text and Syntax Conventions
Convention Description Examples
Bold text like this
Fixed-width text like this
Italic text like this
Italic text like this
Text like this
< > (angle brackets)
Represents text that you type.
To enter configuration mode, type the configure command: user@host> configure
Represents output that appears on the terminal screen.
user@host> show chassis alarms
No alarms currently active
•
•
•
Introduces important new terms.
Identifies book names.
Identifies RFC and Internet draft titles.
•
•
•
A policy term is a named structure that defines match conditions and actions.
Junos System Basics Configuration
Guide
RFC 1997, BGP Communities Attribute
Represents variables (options for which you substitute a value) in commands or configuration statements.
Configure the machine’s domain name:
[edit] root@# set system domain-name
domain-name
Represents names of configuration statements, commands, files, and directories; IP addresses; configuration hierarchy levels; or labels on routing platform components.
•
•
To configure a stub area, include the stub statement at the
[edit protocols ospf area area-id] hierarchy level.
The console port is labeled CONSOLE .
Enclose optional keywords or variables.
stub
< default-metric metric
>
; xvi Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
About This Guide
Table 2: Text and Syntax Conventions (continued)
Convention Description
| (pipe symbol)
# (pound sign)
[ ] (square brackets)
Indention and braces ( { } )
; (semicolon)
Examples
Indicates a choice between the mutually exclusive keywords or variables on either side of the symbol. The set of choices is often enclosed in parentheses for clarity.
broadcast | multicast
(string1 | string2 | string3 )
Indicates a comment specified on the same line as the configuration statement to which it applies.
rsvp { # Required for dynamic MPLS only
Enclose a variable for which you can substitute one or more values.
Identify a level in the configuration hierarchy.
Identifies a leaf statement at a configuration hierarchy level.
community name members [
community-ids ]
[edit] routing-options { static { route default { nexthop address; retain;
}
}
}
J-Web GUI Conventions
Bold text like this
> (bold right angle bracket)
Represents J-Web graphical user interface (GUI) items you click or select.
•
•
In the Logical Interfaces box, select
All Interfaces.
To cancel the configuration, click
Cancel.
Separates levels in a hierarchy of J-Web selections.
In the configuration editor hierarchy, select Protocols>Ospf.
SRX Series Documentation and Release Notes
For a list of related SRX Series documentation, see http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/hardware/srx-series-main.html
. If the information in the latest Junos OS Release Notes differs from the information in the documentation, follow the Junos OS Release Notes.
Obtaining Documentation
To obtain the most current version of all Juniper Networks technical documentation, see the products documentation page on the Juniper Networks website at http://www.juniper.net/ .
To order printed copies of this guide and other Juniper Networks technical documents, or to order a documentation CD, which contains this guide, contact your sales representative.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xvii
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Copies of the Management Information Bases (MIBs) available in a software release are included on the documentation CDs and at http://www.juniper.net/techpubs
.
Documentation Feedback
We encourage you to provide feedback, comments, and suggestions so that we can improve the documentation. You can send your comments to [email protected]
, or fill out the documentation feedback form at http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/docbug/docbugreport.html
. If you are using e-mail, be sure to include the following information with your comments:
• Document Name
•
Document part number
•
Page number
•
Software release version (not required for Network Operations Guides [NOGs])
Requesting Technical Support
Technical product support is available through the Juniper Networks Technical Assistance
Center (JTAC). If you are a customer with an active J-Care or JNASC support contract, or are covered under warranty, and need postsales technical support, you can access our tools and resources online or open a case with JTAC.
•
JTAC policies—For a complete understanding of our JTAC procedures and policies, review the JTAC User Guide located at http://www.juniper.net/us/en/local/pdf/resource-guides/7100059-en.pdf
.
• Product warranties—For product warranty information, visit http://www.juniper.net/support/warranty/ .
• JTAC Hours of Operation —The JTAC centers have resources available 24 hours a day,
7 days a week, 365 days a year.
Self-Help Online Tools and Resources
For quick and easy problem resolution, Juniper Networks has designed an online self-service portal called the Customer Support Center (CSC) that provides you with the following features:
• Find CSC offerings: http://www.juniper.net/customers/support/
• Find product documentation: http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/
• Find solutions and answer questions using our Knowledge Base: http://kb.juniper.net/
• Download the latest versions of software and review release notes: http://www.juniper.net/customers/csc/software/
•
Search technical bulletins for relevant hardware and software notifications: https://www.juniper.net/alerts/ xviii Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
About This Guide
•
Join and participate in the Juniper Networks Community Forum: http://www.juniper.net/company/communities/
• Open a case online in the CSC Case Management tool: http://www.juniper.net/cm/
To verify service entitlement by product serial number, use our Serial Number Entitlement
(SNE) Tool: https://tools.juniper.net/SerialNumberEntitlementSearch/
Opening a Case with JTAC
You can open a case with JTAC on the Web or by telephone.
•
Use the Case Management tool in the CSC at http://www.juniper.net/cm/
.
•
Call 1-888-314-JTAC (1-888-314-5822 toll-free in the USA, Canada, and Mexico).
For international or direct-dial options in countries without toll-free numbers, visit us at http://www.juniper.net/support/requesting-support.html
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
xix
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide xx Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
PART 1
SRX1400 Services Gateway Overview
•
Introduction to the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 3
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 11
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
1
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
2 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 1
Introduction to the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Description on page 3
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models on page 4
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Physical Specifications on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Environmental Specifications on page 7
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Features Overview on page 8
SRX1400 Services Gateway Description
The Juniper Networks SRX1400 Services Gateway is a high-performance, non-scalable, carrier-class security device with multiprocessor architecture. The SRX1400 Services
Gateway provides 10 gigabits per second (10 Gbps) firewall support with key features such as IP Security (IPsec) virtual private network (VPN), and high-speed deep packet inspection features such as intrusion detection and prevention (IDP). The device is ideal for medium-sized enterprise sites, remote sites, service provider networks, and security data centers.
The SRX1400 Services Gateway is three rack units (U) tall. Sixteen devices can be stacked in a single floor-to-ceiling rack, for increased port density per unit of floor space. The device provides common form-factor module (CFM) slots that can be populated with
Network and Services Processing Card (NSPC), and I/O cards (IOCs). The device also has one dedicated slot for System Input/Output card (SYSIOC), one dedicated slot for the Routing Engine, two slots for power supplies, and one slot for the fan tray and air filter.
The SRX1400 Services Gateway runs the Junos operating system (Junos OS). You can use the Junos OS command-line interface (CLI) or J-Web (Web-based graphical interface) to monitor, configure, troubleshoot, and manage the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models on page 4
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
3
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Enterprise Network on page 8
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Service Provider Network on page 8
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Data Center on page 9
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models
The SRX1400 Services Gateway is available in four models, which are listed in Table 3 on page 4.
Table 3: SRX1400 Services Gateway Models
Model Number Device Type
SRX1400BASE-GE-AC
SRX1400BASE-GE-DC
SRX1400BASE-XGE-AC
SRX1400 Services Gateway with 1-Gigabit Ethernet System
I/O card (SYSIOC), and AC power supply
SRX1400 Services Gateway with 1-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC, and DC power supply
SRX1400 Services Gateway with 10-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC, and AC power supply
SRX1400BASE-XGE-DC SRX1400 Services Gateway with 10-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC, and DC power supply
NOTE: The SRX1400 Services Gateway base models include the Routing
Engine, SYSIOC, and power supply. The Network and Services Processing
Card (NSPC) and IOCs are not provided with the SRX1400 Services Gateway base models. You must order them separately. Contact your Juniper Networks customer service representative for more information.
NOTE: The SRX1400BASE-GE-DC and SRX1400BASE-XGE-DC models are not available in this release. Contact your Juniper Networks customer service representative for information about availability of these models.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Description on page 3
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Physical Specifications on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Environmental Specifications on page 7
4 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 1: Introduction to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features
Table 4 on page 5 lists the hardware features supported on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway.
Table 4: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features
Feature Description
Input Voltage •
•
100 to 240 V AC
-40 to -72 V DC
Power Supplies 2
SRX1400 Services Gateway allows two power supplies for redundancy. Following power supplies are supported:
•
•
AC Power Supply (for AC-powered devices)
DC Power Supply (for DC-powered devices)
Ethernet port (10/100/1000 Mbps) 1
Console port
Universal Serial Bus (USB) ports
Auxiliary port
Fans
Fan tray
Air filter
1
2
1
2
1
1
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Description on page 3
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Physical Specifications on page 5
•
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Environmental Specifications on page 7
SRX1400 Services Gateway Physical Specifications
The SRX1400 Services Gateway chassis is a rigid sheet metal structure that houses all of the other device components. The chassis measures 5.25 in. (13.3 cm) high, 17.5 in.
(44.5 cm) wide, and 13.8 in. (35.05 cm) deep (from the front to the rear of the chassis).
The chassis installs in standard 800-mm (or larger) enclosed cabinets, 19-in. equipment racks, or telecommunications open-frame racks. Up to 16 services gateways can be installed in one standard (48-U) rack if the rack can handle their combined weight, which can be greater than 677.2 lb ( 307.2 kg) (fully-loaded device).
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
5
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Figure 1 on page 6 shows the SRX1400 Services Gateway chassis.
Figure 1: SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis
6
Table 5 on page 6 summarizes the physical specifications for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway chassis.
Table 5: SRX1400 Services Gateway Physical Specifications
Specification Value
Chassis height 5.25 in. (13.3 cm), 3 rack units (3 U)
Chassis width
Chassis depth
17.5 in. (44.5 cm)
13.8 in. (35.05 cm)
Chassis weight (base chassis: chassis with
Routing Engine, system I/O card (SYSIOC), and power supply)
29.3 lb (13.3 kg)
Routing Engine weight 2.9 lb (1.3 kg)
Network and Services Processing Card (NSPC) weight
7.71 lb (3.5 kg)
SYSIOC weight
I/O card (IOC) weight
Fan tray weight
Air filter weight
DC power supply weight
AC power supply weight
2.42 lb (1.102 kg)
2.4 lb (1.1 kg)
2.93 lb (1.33 kg)
0.11 lb (0.054 kg)
2.9 lb (1.3 kg)
3.1 lb (1.4 kg)
Table 6 on page 7 summarizes the weight of the SRX1400 Services Gateway chassis
with different configurations.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 1: Introduction to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Table 6: Weight of the SRX1400 Services Gateway with Different
Configurations
SRX1400 Chassis with Different Configurations Weight
Weight of a Fully Configured Chassis
(Base Chassis + NSPC + IOC + Power Supply)
42.54 lb (19.3 kg)
Weight of a Base Chassis
(Base Chassis + NSPC + IOC + Power Supply)
29.3 lb (13.3 kg)
Weight of Chassis after removing fan tray and power supply
23.30 lb (10.57 kg)
(Base Chassis-Fan Tray-Power Supply)
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Environmental Specifications on page 7
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
SRX1400 Services Gateway Environmental Specifications
Table 7 on page 7 specifies the environmental specifications required for normal
SRX1400 Services Gateway operation.
Table 7: SRX1400 Services Gateway Environmental Specifications
Specification Value
Altitude
Relative humidity
Temperature
No performance degradation to 10,000 ft (3048 m)
Normal operation ensured in relative humidity range of 5% to 90%, noncondensing
Normal operation ensured in temperature range of 32°F (0°C) to 104°F (40°C)
Nonoperating storage temperature in shipping container: –40°F (–40°C) to 158°F (70°C)
Seismic
Maximum thermal output
Tested to meet Telcordia Technologies Zone 4 earthquake requirements
•
•
AC power: 1653.85 BTU/hour (W)
DC power: 1653.85 BTU/hour (W)
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
7
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Environmental Specifications on page 7
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
SRX1400 Services Gateway Features Overview
The SRX1400 Services Gateway addresses security requirements in three key network areas described in the following topics:
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Enterprise Network on page 8
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Service Provider
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Data Center on page 9
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Enterprise Network
The enterprise gateway provides secure access between the Internet and your network and its resources for medium to regional sites. Playing the role of your enterprise gateway, the services gateway protects key assets, such as internal clients and application servers, and web servers, that provide information to partners, remote access users, and general access to sites.
The SRX1400 Services Gateway accomplishes these tasks using the following features:
• A stateful firewall, including denial of service/distributed denial of service (DoS/DDoS) protection
•
Application support through Application Layer Gateways (ALGs)
•
Quality of service (QoS) traffic management
• IPsec VPN tunnel termination
• Application Layer security, including high-speed intrusion protection
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models on page 4
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Service Provider Network on page 8
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Data Center on page 9
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Service Provider Network
The services gateway can be used in the service provider network to provide secure hosting and network services. When placed at the hosting center, it can perform provisioning services to multiple customers. When placed in the services network itself, it protects traffic and performs rate limiting or QoS overlay services.
8 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 1: Introduction to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The SRX1400 Services Gateway accomplishes these tasks using the following features:
•
A stateful firewall, including denial of service/distributed denial of service (DoS/DDoS) protection
• Quality of service (QoS) traffic management
• VPN services
•
Application Layer security, including high-speed intrusion protection.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models on page 4
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Enterprise Network on page 8
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Data Center on page 9
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Data Center
The enterprise data center provides secure access between internal clients and small to medium server farms, demilitarized zones (DMZs), and hosting sites. In the enterprise data center, the services gateway is placed in front of your servers, providing secure partner, extranet, and web content.
The SRX1400 Services Gateway accomplishes these tasks using the following features:
• A stateful firewall, including denial of service/distributed denial of service (DoS/DDoS) protection
•
Application Layer security, including high-speed intrusion protection
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models on page 4
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Enterprise Network on page 8
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway in the Service Provider Network on page 8
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
9
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
10 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 2
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
Components
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Basics on page 11
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Backplane on page 15
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway System I/O Cards on page 16
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing Card on page 22
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine on page 24
•
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies on page 31
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cooling System on page 36
SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Basics
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway Data Flow on page 12
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel on page 14
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Back Panel on page 15
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules
The SRX1400 Services Gateway provides common form-factor module (CFM) slots that can be populated with the following cards:
•
Double-wide Network and Services Processing Card (NSPC) occupying two adjacent
CFM (CFM1 and CFM 3) slots.
•
Dedicated CFM 2 slot for I/O card (IOC).
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
11
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
The device also has one dedicated slot for SYSIOC (marked Slot 0), one dedicated slot for the Routing Engine, two slots for power supplies, and one slot for the fan tray and air filter.
NOTE: You can use single-wide Network Processing Card (NPC) and System
Processing Card (SPC) as an alternative to NSPC. For more details, see the
“SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
•
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway Data Flow on page 12
Understanding the SRX1400 Services Gateway Data Flow
The services gateway receives data from the various physical interfaces on the I/O card
(IOC) or System I/O card (SYSIOC). Incoming data is passed through the SYSIOC to a
Network and Services Processing Card (NSPC), and back to the outgoing port through the SYSIOC.
Ingress packet
1 .
5
Oversubscription control
Routing and device management
MGT
Flow lookup, policing,
Services, and CoS
VPN,
IDP, NAT, and routing
12
Egress packet
I/O Card (IOC)
© 2010 Juniper Networks, Inc. All rights reserved.
System I/O Card
(SYSIOC)
Ingress packet
Egress packet
Network and Services
Processing Card (NSPC)
Worldwide Education Services
CoS and shaping
www.juniper.net | 2-19
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Table 8 on page 13 lists the various components, and the maximum number of each,
that can be installed in the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
Table 8: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Hardware Component Minimum Required Maximum Allowed
Routing Engine
Network and Services
Processing Card (NSPC)
1
1
1
1
I/O card (IOC)
System I/O card (SYSIOC)
Power supply 1
Fan tray (containing two fans) 1
0
1
2
1
1
1
NOTE: You can use single-wide Network Processing Card (NPC) and Service
Processing Card (SPC) as an alternative to NSPC. For more details, see
“SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services
Table 9 on page 13 provides minimal configuration details for the SRX1400 Services
Gateway models in order to have an operational system.
Table 9: SRX1400 Services Gateway Minimal Configuration
Model Number Minimal Configuration
SRX1400BASE-GE-AC
SRX1400BASE-GE-DC
SRX1400BASE-XGE-AC
SRX1400BASE-XGE-DC
1-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC + 1 Routing Engine + 1 AC power supply + 1 NSPC*
1-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC + 1 Routing Engine + 1 DC power supply + 1 NSPC*
10-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC + 1 Routing Engine + 1 AC power supply + 1 NSPC*
10-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC + 1 Routing Engine + 1 DC power supply + 1 NSPC *
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
13
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
NOTE: You can use single-wide Network Processing Card (NPC) and System
Processing Card (SPC) as an alternative to NSPC. For more details, see the
“SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Features on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Physical Specifications on page 5
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models on page 4
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel
Figure 2 on page 14 shows the front panel of the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
Figure 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel
1 2 3
14
1
4 5 6
Table 10 on page 14 lists the components on the front panel of the services gateway.
Table 10: SRX1400 Services Gateway Components on the Front Panel
Number Component
Network and Services Processing Card (NSPC)
2
3
4
5 and 6
Routing Engine
System I/O card (SYSIOC)
I/O card (IOC)
Power supply
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Back Panel on page 15
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Backplane on page 15
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
SRX1400 Services Gateway Back Panel
Figure 3 on page 15 shows the back panel of the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
Figure 3: SRX1400 Services Gateway Back Panel
1
Table 11 on page 15 lists the components on the back panel of the SRX1400 Services
Gateway.
Table 11: SRX1400 Services Gateway Components on the Back Panel
Number Component
1 Fan tray assembly
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel on page 14
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Backplane on page 15
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
SRX1400 Services Gateway Backplane
The backplane in the SRX1400 Services Gateway is in the rear of the chassis and provides connections for all cards and power supplies through the front of the chassis.
See “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 for details about where the
individual modules can be installed.
Figure 4 on page 16 shows the SRX1400 Services Gateway Backplane.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
15
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Figure 4: SRX1400 Services Gateway Backplane
The backplane provides the following major functionalities:
•
Data path—Data packets are transferred across the backplane between the I/O card
(IOC) and Network and Services Processing Card (NSPC) through the System I/O card
(SYSIOC).
•
Power distribution—The device power supplies are connected to the backplane, which distributes power to all of the device components.
• Signal path—The backplane provides the signal path to the IOC, NSPC, Routing Engine,
SYSIOC, and other device components for monitoring and control of the system.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Back Panel on page 15
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel on page 14
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
SRX1400 Services Gateway System I/O Cards
The System I/O card (SYSIOC) supported on the SRX1400 Services Gateway provides fixed I/O ports for the base system and it is an important element of the data plane.
The SRX1400 Services Gateway supports the two types of SYSIOCs, which are listed in
Table 12: SRX1400 Services Gateway System I/O Card Models
System I/O Card Model Numbers Cards Type
SRX1K-SYSIO-GE
SRX1K-SYSIO-XGE
1-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC
10-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC
Figure 5 on page 17 shows SRX1400 Services Gateway 1-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC and
Figure 6 on page 17 shows SRX1400 Services Gateway 10-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC.
16 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Figure 5: SRX1400 Services Gateway 1-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC
Figure 6: SRX1400 Services Gateway 10-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC
This topic provides the following information about SRX1400 Services Gateway System
I/O Cards:
•
Features and Functions on page 17
•
POWER Button Functionality on the System I/O Card on page 17
•
LED Indicators on the System I/O Card on page 18
•
Front Panel Ports and Connectors on the System I/O Card on page 21
Features and Functions
The SYSIOC performs the following functions:
•
Supports the Power button.
•
Provides 2 optional chassis cluster control ports.
• Provides management and console ports, system LEDs, and Power buttons on the front panel.
•
Provides data path connectivity between the NSPC and the IOC.
•
Provides 6 x 10/100/1000 Mbps built-in ports along with 6 x 1 Gigabit Ethernet SFP
(for 1-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC only) or provides 6 x 10/100/1000 Mbps built-in ports along with 3 X 1 Gigabit Ethernet SFP + 3 X 10 Gigabit Ethernet SFP+ (for 10-Gigabit
Ethernet SYSIOC only).
POWER Button Functionality on the System I/O Card
Table 13 on page 18 describes the behavior of the Power button near the right end of the
SYSIOC front panel.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
17
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 13: Power Button Behavior
Condition Action
Device powered off
Device powered on
Result
Short push (3 to 5 seconds)
Short push (3 to 5 seconds)
Powers the device on. The PWR LED blinks to show you that the Routing Engine is initializing.
Initiates a graceful shutdown that preserves the device state information. The
PWR
LED blinks to show you that the device is shutting down.
Long push (15 seconds or more)
Initiates a forced shutdown. The device state information will be lost. Avoid using immediate shutdown unless necessary.
NOTE: Use the Short push (3 to 5 seconds) graceful shutdown method to power off or reboot the services gateway. Use the Long push (15 seconds or more) forced shutdown method as a last resort to recover the services gateway if the services gateway operating system is not responding to the graceful shutdown method.
NOTE: If you use the Long push (15 seconds or more) forced shutdown method, then you can power-on the device only by pressing the power button again.
LED Indicators on the System I/O Card
Figure 7 on page 18 shows the SRX1400 Services Gateway SYSIOC LEDs.
Figure 7: SRX1400 Services Gateway SYSIOC LEDs
18
Table 14 on page 19 describes the system behavior indicated by the various LEDs on the
front panel of the SYSIOC.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Table 14: System I/O Card LED Indicators
Label Color Status Indicated Behavior
Alarm
Critical
Red On steadily
Non-Critical
Unlit
Yellow
Off
On steadily
Off
A critical alarm is present in the system. A hardware component or software module has failed, or the network management interface is down.
No critical alarms are present in the system.
A noncritical alarm is present in the system.
Examples of noncritical alarms include:
•
•
Memory usage is high on the SPU; less than
10% available.
The maximum number of sessions has been reached.
•
•
•
The maximum number of tunnels has been reached.
Chassis cluster status has changed.
Device temperature is too warm.
No alarms are present in the system.
Unlit
System I/O Card
SIO
Green
Green
Amber
Red
On steadily
Blinking
On steadily
On steadily
The SYSIOC is operating normally.
The SYSIOC is initializing.
The SYSIOC is operating normally, but the
Ethernet interfaces are not operating normally.
The SYSIOC has failed and is not operating normally.
Chassis Clustering
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
19
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
20
Table 14: System I/O Card LED Indicators (continued)
Label Color Status Indicated Behavior
HA Green On steadily
Amber
Red
Unlit
On steadily
On steadily
Off
Chassis Clustering is operating normally. All cluster members and all chassis cluster links are available.
An alarm is present on the chassis cluster link.
All cluster members are present, but some chassis cluster links are down. There are still enough links for full functionality, but performance could be impaired (reduced bandwidth could cause packets to get dropped, or reduced resiliency as a single point of failure might now exist).
A critical alarm is present in the chassis clustering. One or more cluster members are missing or unreachable; or active when a secondary-path is engaged.
Chassis clustering is disabled—The device is not configured for clustering or chassis clustering is disabled by a secondary path.
Fan
FAN
Green
Red
On steadily
On steadily
The cooling system is operating normally.
The cooling system has failed (one or more fans in the fan tray are not operating normally).
Power
PWR (top) Green Blinking
Amber
Red
Unlit
On steadily
On steadily
On steadily
Off
The device is in one of two states:
• Receiving power and is in the process of booting up but has not yet initialized the
Routing Engine
• Shutting down gracefully
The device is receiving power. The Power Good signal for at least one power supply has been received after Routing Engine initialization.
One of the power supplies has failed, but the power available from the remaining power supplies is sufficient to power all the installed components.
One or more of the power supplies have failed, and the power available from the remaining power supplies is not sufficient to power all the installed components.
The device is shut down.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
NOTE: All SYSIOC status LEDs remain dark until Routing Engine initialization is complete. The PWR LED blinks green until Routing Engine initialization is complete, at which point the LED becomes solid green.
NOTE: The LED labeled as AED is currently not supported in this release.
Table 15 on page 21 describes the Ethernet port LEDs.
Table 15: SRX1400 Services Gateway Ethernet Port LEDs
LED Color State Description
Link
Green
ACT
Green
On steadily
Off
Blinking
Link is active.
Link is inactive.
Port is receiving or sending data.
Off Port might be on but is not receiving or sending data.
Front Panel Ports and Connectors on the System I/O Card
Table 16 on page 21 describes the ports/connections available on the front panel of the
SYSIOC.
Table 16: System I/O Card Front Panel Ports and Connectors
Panel Label Description
RE ETHERNET
RJ-45 port used as management port and supports speed of up to
10/100/1000 Mbps.
CONSOLE
Onboard copper
Ethernet port)
RJ-45 console port used to connect to the Routing Engine.
Six 10/100/1000 Ethernet over copper media ports. The ports use RJ-45 connectors and are numbered from 0-5, top to bottom, left to right.
Onboard fiber Ethernet ports
Six Ethernet over fiber media ports (ports 6-11). The ports use small form-factor connectors and supports copper SFPs.
•
•
Three Fiber ports (numbered 7-9) can be configured to support SFP+ for 10-Gigabit Ethernet SYSIOC and SFPs for 1-Gigabit Ethernet
SYSIOC.
CHASSIS CLUSTER CONTROL 0 and
CHASSIS CLUSTER CONTROL 1 ports (numbered 10 and 11) can be used for Chassis Clustering (high availability ports). These two revenue SFP ports connects to the control functions on the Routing Engine (multiplexed with Chassis
Cluster ports coming from Routing Engine).
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
21
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
NOTE: We strongly recommend the use of Juniper Networks SFP and SFP+ transceivers. We cannot guarantee correct operation if other transceivers are used. The transceiver type can be different in each port, as long as a supported part number is used.
Related
Documentation
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
Troubleshooting System I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 105
•
Replacing a System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 124
SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing Card
The Network and Services Processing Card (NSPC) is a double-wide common form-factor module (CFM) card that provides the processing power to run integrated services such as firewall, IPSecurity (IPsec), and intrusion detection and prevention (IDP). All traffic traversing the services gateway is passed to an NSPC to have services processing applied to it. Traffic is intelligently distributed and an NSPC for service processing, including session setup based on policies, fast packet processing for packets that match a session, encryption and decryption, and Internet Key Exchange (IKE) negotiation.
NOTE:
•
If an NSPC is not present, you must install a filler cover to shield the empty slots 1 and 3 and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through the device.
• You can either use an NSPC or combination of SRX3000 Series Services
Gateway Network Processing Card (NPC) and Services Processing Cards
(SPC), with a Twin-CFM holder tray holder on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway for the device to operate properly. For more details, see the
“SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services
•
The ONLINE button on NSPC does not perform any function and currently it is not supported.
Figure 8 on page 23 shows the SRX1400 Services Gateway NSPC.
22 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Figure 8: SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing
Card
Table 17 on page 23 describes the NSPC behavior indicated by the LEDs on its front panel.
Table 17: SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing
Card LED Indicators
Label Color Status Description
SERVICE
Green On steadily
Amber
Red
Dark (unlit)
On steadily
On steadily
Off
The NSPC is running under acceptable load.
The NSPC is overloaded.
No service is being provided by the NSPC.
The NSPC is not enabled.
OK/FAIL Green
Green
Red
Dark (unlit)
On steadily
Blinking
On steadily
Off
The NSPC is operating normally.
The NSPC is preparing for an online insertion and removal event.
The NSPC has failed and is not operating normally.
The NSPC is powered down.
Related
Documentation
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
Troubleshooting Network and Services Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services
•
Replacing a Network and Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 120
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
23
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine
The Routing Engine is a PowerPC platform that runs the Junos operating system (Junos
OS). Software processes that run on the Routing Engine maintain the routing tables, manage the routing protocols used on the device, control the device interfaces, control some chassis components, and provide the interface for system management and user access to the device.
A pair of USB ports on the Routing Engine accept USB memory cards that allow you to load the Junos OS and perform file transfers.
Figure 9 on page 24 shows SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine.
Figure 9: SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine
The Routing Engine also provides the following integrated services:
• Central Packet Forwarding Engine Processing (CPP) — This service manages all common form-factor modules (CFM) cards.
•
System Control— This service provides system management functions such as monitoring of fan trays, and power systems.
NOTE: The SRX1400 Services Gateway must have a Routing Engine installed in slot RE. The SYSIOC port labeled RE ETHERNET connects directly to the
RE Routing Engine slot.
Figure 10 on page 24 shows the SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine LEDs.
Figure 10: SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine LEDs
24 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Table 18 on page 25 describes the Routing Engine behavior indicated by the LEDs on its
front panel.
Table 18: Routing Engine LED Indicators
LED Label Color Status Indicated Behavior
OK/FAIL Green
Red
On steadily
Blinking
On steadily
The Routing Engine is operating normally.
The Routing Engine is rebooting or is shutting down.
The Routing Engine has failed and is not operating normally.
Routing Engine Function
MASTER
STATUS
HDD
Blue
Green
Red
Green
Red
On steadily
On steadily
Blinking
On steadily
Blinking
On steadily
The Routing Engine is the master. This LED should always be lit.
The Routing Engine is operating normally.
The Routing Engine is booting.
The Routing Engine has failed and is not operating normally.
The Routing Engine hard disk drive is being accessed.
There is no hard disk drive activity.
Off
Packet Forwarding Engine Controller Function
STATUS
Green On steadily The Packet Forwarding Engine controller is operating normally.
Blinking The Packet Forwarding Engine controller is booting.
The Packet Forwarding Engine controller has failed and is not operating normally.
Table 19 on page 26 describes the Routing Engine behavior that occurs when the buttons
on its front panel are pressed.
NOTE: The ONLINE button on Routing Engine does not perform any function and currently it is not supported.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
25
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 19: Routing Engine Front Panel Buttons
Button Label Operation
Pressing this button resets the Routing Engine.
ROUTING ENGINE
RESET
PFE CONTROLLER
RESET
PFE CONTROLLER
FAILOVER
Pressing this button resets the Packet Forwarding Engine controller function.
Unused in this release.
Table 20 on page 26 describes the Routing Engine front panel connectors.
Table 20: Routing Engine Front Panel Connectors
Connector Label Operation
AUX
USB 0 USB 1
RJ-45 serial console port that can be used to manage the Routing
Engine.
Connectors for Universal Serial Bus (USB) flash drives.
Related
Documentation
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
Maintaining the Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 96
•
Replacing a Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 118
I/O Cards
This topic includes the following sections:
•
I/O Cards Supported on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 26
•
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 27
•
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 28
•
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 30
I/O Cards Supported on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
I/O cards (IOCs) are common form-factor module (CFM) cards that provide additional physical network connections to the services gateway. Their primary function is to deliver data packets arriving on the physical ports to the Network and Service Processing Card
(NSPC) and to forward data packets out the physical ports after services processing.
You can install one IOC in the CFM slot 2 of the SRX1400 Services Gateway. If no IOC is installed in slot 2, you must install a blank panel to shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through the services gateway.
26 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Three versions of IOCs are supported in the SRX1400 Services Gateway as described in the following topics:
•
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 27
•
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 28
•
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 30
The I/O cards are interoperable between SRX1400 Services Gateway and SRX3000
Series Services Gateways. For more details on other interoperable cards, see “SRX3000
Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 207.
NOTE: The IOCs are not provided with the SRX1400 Services Gateway. You must order them separately. Contact your Juniper Networks customer service representative for more information.
Related
Documentation
•
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 27
•
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 28
•
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 30
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card
The SRX3K-16GE-TX adds 16 ports for standard Ethernet, Fast Ethernet, or Gigabit
Ethernet traffic from copper media. The ports utilize RJ-45 connectors. LEDs on the faceplate of the IOC indicate port status and connectivity.
Figure 11 on page 27 shows the 16-Port Copper 10/100/1000 I/O Card.
Figure 11: 16-Port Copper 10/100/1000 IOC
NOTE:
• If a CFM slot is not occupied by a card, you must install a blank panel to shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through the device.
• The ONLINE button on IOC does not perform any function and currently it is not supported.
Table 21 on page 28 describes the 16-Port Copper 10/100/1000 IOC LEDs.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
27
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 21: 16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O
Card LED Indicators
Label Color Status Indicated Behavior
SERVICE Green
OK/FAIL
Amber
Dark (unlit)
Green
On steadily The IOC is mapped to the Network and Service
Processing Card (NSPC) and is available to carry
Ethernet traffic.
On steadily The IOC is not mapped to the NSPC and is not available to carry Ethernet traffic.
Off The IOC is administratively disabled but is mapped to the NSPC.
On steadily The IOC is operating normally.
Green
Red
Dark (unlit)
Blinking
On steadily
The IOC is preparing for an online insertion and removal event:
•
•
IOC is being Inserted: power up, booting, initialization.
IOC is being removed: shut down by chassis management software.
The IOC has failed and is not operating normally.
Off The IOC is offline and can be safely removed.
Related
Documentation
•
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 28
•
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 30
•
Installing an I/O Card with Copper Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 69
•
Installing an I/O Card with Fiber-Optic Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services
•
Troubleshooting I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 105
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card
The SRX3K-16GE-SFP adds 16 ports for Gigabit Ethernet traffic from either copper or fiber interface media.
To use fiber or copper interface media, install small form-factor pluggable (SFP) transceivers on the desired ports.
NOTE: We strongly recommend the use of Juniper Networks SFP and XFP transceivers. We cannot guarantee correct operation if other transceivers are used. The transceiver type can be different in each port, as long as a Juniper
Networks transceiver is used.
28 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Figure 12 on page 29 shows the 16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet IOC. Ports are numbered
from top to bottom and left to right, 0-15.
Figure 12: 16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card
NOTE:
•
If a CFM slot is not occupied by a card, you must install a blank panel to shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through the device.
• The ONLINE button on IOC does not perform any function and currently it is not supported.
Table 22: LED Indicators on the 16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card
Label Color Status Indicated Behavior
SERVICE
Green On steadily The IOC is mapped to the Network and Service
Processing Card (NSPC) and is available to carry
Ethernet traffic.
Amber
Dark (unlit)
OK/FAIL
Green
Green
Red
Dark (unlit)
On steadily The IOC is not mapped to the NSPC and is not available to carry Ethernet traffic.
Off The IOC is administratively disabled but is mapped to the NSPC.
On steadily The IOC is operating normally.
Blinking
On steadily
The IOC is preparing for an online insertion and removal event:
•
•
Card is being Inserted: power up, booting, initialization.
Card is being removed: shut down by chassis management software.
The IOC has failed and is not operating normally.
Off The IOC is offline and can be safely removed.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
29
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Related
Documentation
•
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 27
•
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 30
•
Installing an I/O Card with Copper Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 69
•
Installing an I/O Card with Fiber-Optic Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services
•
Troubleshooting I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 105
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card
The SRX3K-2XGE-XFP adds two ports for 10-gigabit Ethernet traffic from fiber interface media. To use fiber interface media, install 10-gigabit small form-factor pluggable (XFP) transceivers on the desired ports.
Figure 13 on page 30 shows the 2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet IOC. Ports are numbered
from left to right, 0-1.
Figure 13: 2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card
NOTE:
• If a CFM slot is not occupied by a card, you must install a blank panel to shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through the device.
•
The ONLINE button on IOC does not perform any function and currently it is not supported.
30 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Table 23: LED Indicators on the 2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card
Label Color Status Indicated Behavior
SERVICE Green
OK/FAIL
Amber
Dark (unlit)
Green
On steadily The IOC is mapped to the Network and Service
Processing Card (NSPC) and is available to carry
Ethernet traffic.
On steadily The IOC is not mapped to the NSPC and is not available to carry Ethernet traffic.
Off The IOC is administratively disabled but is mapped to the NSPC.
On steadily The IOC is operating normally.
Green
Red
Dark (unlit)
Blinking
On steadily
The IOC is preparing for an online insertion and removal event:
•
•
IOC is being Inserted: power up, booting, initialization.
IOC is being removed: shut down by chassis management software.
The IOC has failed and is not operating normally.
Off The IOC is offline and can be safely removed.
Related
Documentation
•
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 27
•
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 28
•
Installing an I/O Card with Copper Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 69
•
Installing an I/O Card with Fiber-Optic Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services
•
Troubleshooting I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 105
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies
This topic includes the following sections:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies Overview on page 31
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply on page 32
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply on page 34
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies Overview
The SRX1400 Services Gateway uses following power supplies:
•
AC Power Supply (for SRX1400BASE-GE-AC and SRX1400BASE-XGE-AC models)
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
31
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
For details, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply” on page 32.
• DC Power Supply (for SRX1400BASE-GE-DC and SRX1400BASE-XGE-DC models)
For details, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply” on page 34.
The power supplies are located at the front of the chassis. Each AC power supply weighs approximately 3.1 lb (1.4 kg). Each DC power supply weighs approximately 2.9 lb (1.3 kg).
NOTE: Only redundant power supplies (AC or DC) supports hot-removable and hot-insertable functionality.
The SRX1400 Services Gateway uses either one AC or one DC power supply unit. A second
AC or DC power supply can be used with its matching type of power supply to offer redundancy. The power supplies connect to the backplane, which distributes 10 V main power and 3.3 V standby power to the services gateway components. Each power supply is cooled by its own internal cooling system.
CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power supplies within the same services gateway. Damage to the device might occur.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply on page 32
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply on page 34
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply
This topic includes the following sections:
•
AC Power Supply Overview on page 32
•
AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 33
•
AC Power Supply LEDs on page 33
AC Power Supply Overview
In an AC power configuration, the SRX1400 Services Gateway contains one or two AC power supplies, located at the front panel of the chassis in slots PEM0 and PEM1. Each power supply provides power to all components in the services gateway. When two power supplies are present, they share power almost equally within a fully populated system. The two AC power supplies provide full power redundancy. If one power supply fails or is removed, the remaining power supply redistributes the electrical load without interruption.
Figure 14 on page 33 shows the SRX1400 Services Gateway AC power supply.
NOTE: Only redundant AC power supply supports hot-removable and hot-insertable functionality.
32 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Figure 14: SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply
AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
Table 24 on page 33 lists the AC power supply electrical specifications.
Table 24: AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
Parameter Specification
Maximum output power
1000 W
AC input voltage 100-127 V / 200-240 V
AC input line frequency 50 / 60 Hz
AC input current rating 13.0 A (Max.) at 100 VAC
AC Power Supply LEDs
Each AC power supply faceplate displays a single LED to indicate the status of the power
supply (see Table 25 on page 33).
Table 25: AC Power Supply LEDs
Color Status Condition Indicated
Green On steadily
Blinking
AC input voltage is present, and both main 12 V output and standby 3.3 V output are enabled and healthy.
AC input voltage is present, standby 3.3 V output is on, but the main 12 V output is disabled. This condition usually indicates that the device has been powered off at the POWER button on the SYSIOC front panel. This condition can also indicate that either the SYSIOC or Routing Engine has been removed from the services gateway.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
33
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 25: AC Power Supply LEDs (continued)
Color Status Condition Indicated
Amber On steadily
Blinking
The power supply has detected one or more of the following faults:
•
•
•
Power supply fan failure
Power supply over-temperature condition
Over-current or under-voltage condition on the standby 3.3
V output
The power supply has detected one or more of the following faults:
•
•
•
Under-voltage condition on the 12 V output
Over-voltage condition on the 12 V output
Over-current condition on the 12 V output
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies Overview on page 31
•
Installing an AC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 66
•
Maintaining Power Supplies on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 97
•
Troubleshooting the Power System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 107
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply
This topic includes the following sections:
•
DC Power Supply Overview on page 34
•
DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 34
•
DC Power Supply LEDs on page 35
DC Power Supply Overview
In a DC power configuration, the SRX1400 Services Gateway contains one or two DC power supplies, located at the front of the chassis in slots PEM0 and PEM1. Each power supply provides power to all components in the services gateway. When two power supplies are present, they share power almost equally within a fully populated system.
The two DC power supplies provide power redundancy. If one power supply fails or is removed, the remaining power supply redistributes the electrical load without interruption.
NOTE: Only redundant DC power supply supports hot-removable and hot-insertable functionality.
DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
Each DC power supply has a single DC input (-48 VDC and return) that requires a
dedicated 40 A (-48 VDC) circuit breaker. Table 26 on page 35 lists the DC power supply
electrical specifications.
34 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Table 26: DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
Parameter Specification
Maximum output power
DC input voltage
DC input current rating
1200 W
–40 to –72 VDC
30 A @ -48 VDC
DC Power Supply LEDs
Each DC power supply faceplate displays a single LED to indicate the status of the power
supply (see Table 27 on page 35).
Table 27: DC Power Supply LED
Color LED Status Indicated Condition
Green On steadily
Red
Blinking
On steadily
Blinking
DC input voltage is present, and both main 12 V output and standby 3.3 V output are enabled and healthy.
DC input voltage is present, standby 3.3 V output is on, but the main 12 V output is disabled. This condition usually indicates that the device has been powered off at the POWER button on the SYSIOC front panel. This condition can also indicate that either the SYSIOC or Routing Engine has been removed from the services gateway.
The power supply has detected one or more of the following faults:
•
•
•
Power supply fan failure
Power supply over-temperature condition
Over-current or under-voltage condition on the standby
3.3V output
The power supply has detected one or more of the following faults:
•
•
•
Under-voltage condition on the 12 V output
Over-voltage condition on the 12 V output
Over-current condition on the 12 V output
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies Overview on page 31
•
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 67
•
Maintaining Power Supplies on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 97
•
Troubleshooting the Power System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 107
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
35
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cooling System
The cooling system consists of a fan tray containing two fans. These fans keep all services gateway components within the acceptable temperature range.
The SRX1400 Services Gateway also includes an air filter that protects the device from dust entering into the system.
The SRX1400 Services Gateway has one fan tray located in the side of the chassis and can be plugged in from the rear of the chassis.
From the front of the chassis, there is a single air intake on the left side of the services gateway. Air is pushed from the fan tray through the air filter and then to the card cage.
The air is exhausted out the right of the system.
Figure 15 on page 36 SRX1400 Services Gateway fan tray.
Figure 15: SRX1400 Services Gateway Fan Tray
36
The Routing Engine monitors the temperature of the device components. Above an ambient temperature of 30° C to 35° C, the fans operate at full speed. Below 30° C, the fans operate at a reduced speed. If a fan fails or the ambient temperature rises above a threshold, the speed of the other fan is automatically adjusted to keep the temperature within the acceptable range. If the ambient maximum temperature specification is exceeded and the system cannot be adequately cooled, the Routing Engine shuts down the system by disabling output power from each power supply.
The fan tray includes a single LED, which can be used to monitor the fan speed. The fan tray LED indications can be used to detect the condition when the fan-speed has reduced to a safer value, so that fan tray can be removed from the device safely. This LED is controlled by the Routing Engine. The fan tray LED is located on the fan tray, which is visible only when the fan tray door is opened.
The fan-tray faceplate has a single LED to indicate the status of the fans and fan tray
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 2: SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
Table 28: Fan Tray LED
Color LED Status
Amber Off
On Steadily
Indicated Condition
Fans are running and fan tray is functioning normally. Do not remove the fan tray in this condition.
Fans are not running, and fan tray can be removed safely.
NOTE: This Fan tray LED lights only when fans are shutdown manually using the CLI request chassis fan-tray offline . The message Fan Take Offline Successful confirms that fans are stopped completely.
The Fan Tray LED does not indicate fan failure. The
FAN
LED available on System I/O card indicates the fan failure status.
NOTE: The fan tray LED provides additional safety measures. Even though you can remove the fan tray while the fans are still running, we strongly recommend that you wait until the fan tray LED lights steadily amber
(indicating that the fans are not running) before you remove the fan tray.
NOTE: The fan tray supports hot-swappable functionality. We recommend you to reinstall the fan tray within three minutes; otherwise, the services gateway temperature may exceed the maximum recommended room temperature and the device shuts down automatically in four minutes.
Related
Documentation
•
Troubleshooting the Cooling System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 103
•
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
•
Maintaining the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 95
•
Maintaining the Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
37
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
38 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
PART 2
Setting Up the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
•
Preparing the Site for SRX1400 Services Gateway Installation on page 41
•
Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 47
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 51
•
Installing Additional Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 63
•
Installing I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 69
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 73
•
Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 77
•
Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 85
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
39
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
40 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 3
Preparing the Site for SRX1400 Services
Gateway Installation
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 41
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack, Cabinet, and Airflow Clearance
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The checklist in Table 29 on page 41 summarizes the tasks you need to perform when
preparing a site for SRX1400 Services Gateway installation.
Table 29: Site Preparation Checklist
Item or Task For More Information ...
Performed
By Date
Verify that environmental factors such as temperature and humidity do not exceed services gateway tolerances.
Environmental Specifications” on page 7
Select the type of rack or cabinet.
“SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack
Plan rack or cabinet location, including required space clearances.
“Clearance Requirements for Airflow and
Hardware Maintenance of the SRX1400
If a rack is used, secure rack to floor and building structure.
“SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
41
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 29: Site Preparation Checklist (continued)
Item or Task For More Information ...
Acquire cables and connectors.
Specifications for the SRX1400 Services
“SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power
Cord Specifications” on page 188
“SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power
Cable Specifications” on page 184
Locate sites for connection of system grounding.
“SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding
Cable Specification” on page 181“Signal
Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode
Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400
Measure distance between external power sources and services gateway installation site.
“SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical
Wiring Guidelines” on page 191
Calculate the optical power budget and optical power margin.
“Calculating the Power Budget for
Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400
“Calculating the Power Margin for
Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400
Performed
By Date
Related
Documentation
•
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 51
•
Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance of the SRX1400
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cabinet Requirements on page 43
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Requirements on page 43
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack, Cabinet, and Airflow Clearance Requirements
The services gateway can be installed in a standard 19 in. (482 mm) or larger enclosed cabinet. The cabinet requirements are described in the following topics:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cabinet Requirements on page 43
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Requirements on page 43
•
Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance of the SRX1400
42 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 3: Preparing the Site for SRX1400 Services Gateway Installation
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cabinet Requirements
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements on page 43
•
Cabinet Airflow Requirements on page 43
Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements
The minimum size cabinet that can accommodate the device is 18.97 in. (482 mm) wide and 31.49 in. (8000 mm) deep. A cabinet larger than the minimum requirement provides better airflow and reduces the chance of overheating. To accommodate a single device, the cabinet must be at least 3 U high.
If you provide adequate cooling air and airflow clearance, you can stack eight devices in a cabinet that has at least 40 U (70 in. or 1.78 m) of usable vertical space.
Cabinet Airflow Requirements
When you mount the device in a cabinet, you must ensure that ventilation through the cabinet is sufficient to prevent overheating. Following is a list of requirements to consider when planning for chassis cooling:
•
Ensure that the cool air supply you provide through the cabinet can adequately dissipate the thermal output of the device.
• Ensure that the cabinet allows the chassis hot exhaust air to exit from the cabinet without recirculating into the device. An open cabinet (without a top or doors) that employs hot air exhaust extraction from the top allows the best airflow through the chassis. If the cabinet contains a top or doors, perforations in these elements assist with removing the hot air exhaust.
•
Route and dress all cables to minimize the blockage of airflow to and from the chassis.
Related
Documentation
•
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 51
•
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 41
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Requirements on page 43
•
Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance of the SRX1400
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Requirements
This topic includes the following sections:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Size and Strength Requirements on page 44
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Spacing of Mounting Bracket Holes on page 45
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to the Building Structure on page 45
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
43
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Size and Strength Requirements
The SRX1400 Services Gateway can be installed in a rack. Many types of racks are acceptable, including four-post (telco) racks and open-frame racks.
You can front-mount or rear-mount the services gateway in a two-post rack, a four-post rack, or a cabinet.
NOTE: Though two-post front mounting is most common method of installation for the SRX1400 device, you can also front-mount or rear-mount the chassis in a four-post rack. However, there is no support shelf provided for the rear edge of the chassis to rest.
The device is designed for installation into a 19-in. (48.26 cm) rack as defined in Cabinets,
Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment (document number EIA-310–D) published by the electronics Industry Association ( http://www.eia.org
).
With the use of adapters, the device is designed to fit into a 600-mm-wide (23.62-mm) rack or cabinet, as defined in the four-part Equipment Engineering (EE); European telecommunications standard for equipment practice (document numbers ETS 300
119-1 through 119-4) published by the European Telecommunications Standards Institute
( http://www.etsi.org
). Use approved wing devices to narrow the opening between the rails.
The rack rails must be spaced widely enough to accommodate the device chassis's external dimensions: 5.25 in. (13.3 cm) high, 13.8 in. (35.05 cm) deep, and 17.5 in. (44.5
cm) wide. The spacing of rails and adjacent racks must also allow for the clearances around the device and rack.
The chassis height of 5.25 in. (13.3 cm) is approximately 3 U. A U is the standard rack unit defined in Cabinets, Racks, Panels, and Associated Equipment (document number
EIA-310-D) published by the Electronics Industry Association. You can stack eight
SRX1400 Services Gateways in a rack that has at least 40 U (70 in. or 1.78 m) of usable vertical space.
The rack must be strong enough to support the weight of the fully configured device, up to 42.3 lb (19.3 kg). If you stack 8 fully configured devices in one rack, it must be capable of supporting up to 340.61 lb (154.4 kg)
44 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 3: Preparing the Site for SRX1400 Services Gateway Installation
Figure 16: Typical Open-Frame Rack
SRX1400 Services Gateway Spacing of Mounting Bracket Holes
The device can be mounted in any rack that provides holes or hole patterns spaced at
1 U (1.75 in. or 4.4 cm) increments. The mounting brackets used to attach the chassis to a rack are designed to fasten to holes spaced at those distances.
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to the Building Structure
Always secure the rack to the structure of the building. If your geographical area is subject to earthquakes, bolt the rack to the floor. For maximum stability, also secure the rack to
ceiling brackets. For more information, see “Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings” on page 151.
Related
Documentation
•
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 51
•
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 41
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cabinet Requirements on page 43
•
Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance of the SRX1400
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
45
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance of the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
When planning the installation site, you need to allow sufficient clearance around the
rack (see Figure 17 on page 46):
Figure 17: SRX1400 Services Gateway Clearance Requirements
Rear: 61 cm clearance required for maintenance
39.44 cm
Sides:
Minimum
7 cm between chassis and wall or non-heatproducing surface;
Minimum
15.2 cm between devices
44.45 cm
Front: 76.2 cm clearance required for maintenance
•
For the cooling system to function properly, the airflow around the chassis must be unrestricted. Allow at least 6 in. (15.2 cm) of clearance between devices. Allow 2.8 in.
(7 cm) between the side of the chassis and any non-heat-producing surface such as a wall.
•
For service personnel to remove and install hardware components, there must be adequate space at the front and back of the services gateway. At least 24 in. (61 cm) is required both in front of and behind the device. NEBS GR-63 recommends that you allow at least 30 in. (72.6 cm) in front of the rack and 24 in. (61.0 cm) behind the rack.
Related
Documentation
•
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 51
•
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 41
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cabinet Requirements on page 43
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Requirements on page 43
46 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 4
Unpacking the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Required Tools and Parts for Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 47
•
Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 47
•
Verifying Parts Received with the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 49
Required Tools and Parts for Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To unpack the SRX1400 Services Gateway and prepare for installation, you need a Phillips
(+) screwdriver, number 2.
Related
Documentation
•
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 51
•
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 41
•
Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 47
•
Verifying Parts Received with the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 49
Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The SRX1400 Services Gateway is shipped in a cardboard carton. Getting Started installation instructions and an accessory box are also included in the shipping carton.
NOTE: The services gateway is maximally protected inside the shipping carton. Do not unpack it until you are ready to begin installation.
Figure 18 on page 48 shows the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a shipping carton.
To unpack the services gateway:
1.
Move the shipping carton to a staging area as close to the installation site as possible, where you have enough room to remove the components from the chassis.
2.
Position the shipping carton with the arrows pointing up.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
47
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
3.
Remove the plastic handle inserts and lift the cardboard cover off the device.
4.
Remove the foam covering the top of the services gateway.
5.
Remove the accessory box and the SRX1400 Services Gateway Getting Started Guide.
Figure 18: Unpack the SRX1400 Services Gateway
48
6.
With a person on each side of the carton, carefully lift the device from the carton and place it on a flat, level surface. Remove the bag covering the device.
7.
8.
Save the carton and the packing materials in case you need to move or ship the services gateway at a later time.
NOTE: The NSPC slot is covered with a filler cover, and the IOC slot is covered with a blank panel at the time of shipment. Save the filler cover and the blank panel after removing them from the slots, in case you need them when you pack or move the chassis at a later time. The filler cover does not have an overlay.
9.
Proceed to install the services gateway.
Related
Documentation
•
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 51
•
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 41
•
Required Tools and Parts for Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 47
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 4: Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway
•
Verifying Parts Received with the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 49
Verifying Parts Received with the SRX1400 Services Gateway
A packing list is included in each shipment. Check the parts in the shipment against the items on the packing list. The packing list specifies the part numbers and descriptions of each part in your order. Note that feature and service cards are shipped in separate boxes from the chassis.
If any part is missing, contact a customer service representative.
A fully configured services gateway contains the chassis with installed components,
listed in Table 30 on page 49, and an accessory box, which contains the parts listed in
Table 31 on page 50. The parts shipped with your device can vary depending on the
configuration you ordered.
Table 30: Parts List for a Fully Configured SRX1400 Services Gateway
Component Quantity
Chassis, including backplane, and rack-mounting brackets 1
NSPC
Routing Engine
1
1
System I/O card
Power supplies
Fan tray
Air filter
SRX1400 Services Gateway Getting Started Guide
Blank panels for slots without components installed
AC Power Cord
1
1
1
At least 1 and up to 2
1
•
•
1 single-wide blank panel for the slot not occupied by an
IOC
1 dual-wide blank panel for
NSPC slot not occupied by an NSPC.
1
NOTE: The NSPC and IOC are not a part of the base chassis configuration.
You must order them separately. Contact your Juniper Networks customer service representative for more information.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
49
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
NOTE: If you are planning to use Network Processing Card (NPC) and Services
Processing Card (SPC) (supported on SRX3000 Series Services Gateway) on the SRX1400 device, then you must order them separately. For more
details on NPC and SPC, see “SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards
Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 207.
You can use NPC and SPC on the SRX1400 device in place of the NSPC.
To install the NPC and SPC on the SRX1400 Services Gateway, you must order the Twin-CFM tray holder (SRX1K3K-2CFM-TRAY) to hold two single-wide CFMs (NPC and SPC) separately. Contact your Juniper Networks customer service representative for more information.
Table 31: Accessory Box Parts List
Part
Rack mount kit 1
RJ-45-to-DB-9 cable to connect the device through the serial port
1
Quantity
Juniper Networks Product Warranty
End User License Agreement
SRX1400 Services Gateway Getting Started Guide
Documentation Information Card
Product Registration 1
Juniper Compliance Form Letter; Reduction of Hazardous
Substances (RoHS)
1
1
1
1
1
Document sleeve
ESD wrist strap with cable
1
1
Related
Documentation
•
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 51
•
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 41
•
Required Tools and Parts for Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 47
•
Unpacking the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 47
50 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 5
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 51
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Safety Requirements, Warnings, and Guidelines on page 52
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 53
•
Preparing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Rack-Mount or Cabinet
•
Installing the Mounting Hardware for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 54
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Using a Mechanical
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Manually (Without a
Installation Overview for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
This section provides instructions for installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a rack or cabinet. Because of the size and weight of the device—up to 42.5 lb (19.3 kg) (fully loaded chassis) depending on the configuration—we recommend that you install it using a mechanical lift. The SRX1400 Services Gateway is rack-mountable with support for both front-mounting and rear-mounting.
After you have prepared your installation site, you are ready to unpack and install the services gateway. It is important to proceed through the installation process as shown
Table 32: SRX1400 Services Gateway Installation Process
Procedures For More Information, See:
Review the safety guidelines
“Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
51
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 32: SRX1400 Services Gateway Installation Process (continued)
Procedures For More Information, See:
Install the services gateway
Connect cables to external devices
Connect the grounding cable
Connect the power cables
“Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Manually” on page 58
or
“Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Using a Mechanical Lift” on page 55
“Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a
Network for Out-of-Band Management” on page 73
or
“Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a
Management Console or an Auxiliary Device” on page 74
“Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 78
“Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC
or
“Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an
Power on the services gateway
Perform the initial system startup
“Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 82
“SRX1400 Services Gateway Software Configuration
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Safety Requirements, Warnings, and Guidelines on page 52
•
Installing the Mounting Hardware for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 54
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Using a Mechanical Lift on page 55
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Manually on page 58
SRX1400 Services Gateway Safety Requirements, Warnings, and Guidelines
To avoid harm to yourself or the services gateway as you install and maintain it, follow the guidelines for working with and near electrical equipment, as well as the safety procedures for working with networking devices. However, providing an exhaustive set of guidelines for working with electrical equipment is beyond the scope of this guide.
52 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 5: Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Safety Requirements, Warnings, and Guidelines on page 52
•
Installing the Mounting Hardware for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 54
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Using a Mechanical Lift on page 55
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Manually on page 58
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To install the services gateway, you need the following tools:
•
Mechanical lift (if you are installing the device using a mechanical lift)
•
Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2
Related
Documentation
•
Preparing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Rack-Mount or Cabinet Installation on page 53
•
Installing the Mounting Hardware for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 54
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Using a Mechanical Lift on page 55
•
Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400 Services
•
Lifting the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis into a Rack on page 60
•
Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis on page 62
Preparing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Rack-Mount or Cabinet Installation
Before you begin the installation, verify the following:
•
to perform.
•
The device has been removed from the shipping container. See “Unpacking the SRX1400
•
You have read the safety information in “Chassis Lifting Guidelines” on page 149.
•
Ensure the rack is in its permanent location and is secured to the building. Ensure that the installation site allows adequate clearance for both airflow and maintenance. For
details, see “Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance of the
SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 46.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 53
•
Installing the Mounting Hardware for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 54
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
53
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Using a Mechanical Lift on page 55
•
Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400 Services
•
Lifting the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis into a Rack on page 60
•
Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis on page 62
Installing the Mounting Hardware for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The specific mounting hardware used depends on the type of rack you are using. Follow the appropriate steps for your rack to install the mounting hardware.
To install the mounting hardware:
1.
Locate the rack mount brackets in the accessory kit.
2.
Position a mounting bracket on each side of the chassis. You can position the brackets in front-mount or rear-mount position.
3.
Use the screws provided to secure the rack mount brackets to the sides of the chassis
as shown in Figure 19 on page 54.
Figure 19: Attaching Mounting Bracket to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
54
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 53
•
Preparing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Rack-Mount or Cabinet Installation on page 53
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Using a Mechanical Lift on page 55
•
Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400 Services
•
Lifting the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis into a Rack on page 60
•
Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis on page 62
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 5: Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Using a Mechanical Lift
CAUTION: If a slot is not occupied by a card, you must install a blank panel to shield the empty slot to prevent foreign objects from damaging the exposed electronics.
You can front-mount or rear-mount the services gateway in a two-post rack, a four-post rack, or a cabinet. This topic provides the installation instructions on front-mounting of the device in a two-post rack.
To install an SRX1400 Services Gateway in a rack or cabinet:
1.
Ensure the rack is in its permanent location and is secured to the building.
2.
Ensure that the installation site allows adequate clearance for both airflow and
maintenance. For details, see “Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services
3.
Load the device onto the lift, making sure it rests securely on the lift platform (see
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
55
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Figure 20: Load SRX1400 Services Gateway Into a Mechanical Lift
56
4.
Using the lift, position the device in the rack and align the bottom hole in each mounting
bracket with a hole in each rack rail as shown in Figure 21 on page 57.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 5: Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Figure 21: Attach Mounting Hardware for Two-Post Rack
•
For front-mounting the chassis in a two-post rack, align the bottom hole in each mounting bracket at the front edge of the chassis.
•
For rear-mounting the chassis in a two-post rack, align the bottom hole in each mounting bracket at the rear edge of the chassis.
NOTE: Similarly, you can front-mount or rear-mount the chassis in a four-post rack. However, there is no support shelf provided for the unsupported edge of the chassis to rest on.
5.
Install the remaining screws in each mounting bracket. Use a number-2 Phillips screwdriver to tighten the screws.
6.
Move the lift away from the rack.
7.
Visually inspect the alignment of the device. If the device is installed properly in the rack, all the mounting screws on one side of the rack should be aligned with the mounting screws on the opposite side and the device should be level.
NOTE: Similarly, you can front-mount or rear-mount the chassis in a four-post rack. However, there is no support shelf provided for the rear edge of the chassis to rest on.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 53
•
Preparing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Rack-Mount or Cabinet Installation on page 53
•
Installing the Mounting Hardware for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 54
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
57
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Manually (Without a
Mechanical Lift)
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Manually on page 58
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Manually on page 59
•
Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400 Services
•
Lifting the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis into a Rack on page 60
•
Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis on page 62
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Manually
If you cannot use a mechanical lift to install the SRX1400 Services Gateway (the preferred method), you can install it manually. Before installing the services gateway manually, you must first remove components from the chassis, and you must reinstall the components once the services gateway is installed in the rack.
NOTE: We recommend removing the components from the chassis before installing to prevent damage to the components.
At least two people are needed to safely lift the chassis into the rack or cabinet. With components removed, the chassis weighs approximately 23.30 lb (10.57 kg).
CAUTION: If a slot is not occupied by a card, you must install a blank panel to shield the empty slot to prevent foreign objects from damaging the exposed electronics.
Before installing the services gateway in the rack:
•
Read the safety information in “Chassis Lifting Guidelines” on page 149.
•
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a rack or cabinet Manually involves the following steps:
1.
Remove the components from chassis to reduce the weight. For more information,
see “Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400
58 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 5: Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway
2.
Lift the chassis into a rack. For more information, see “Lifting the SRX1400 Services
Gateway Chassis into a Rack” on page 60.
3.
Reinstall the components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway chassis. For more
information, see “Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Safety Requirements, Warnings, and Guidelines on page 52
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Manually (Without a
•
Installing the Mounting Hardware for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 54
•
Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway in a Rack or Cabinet Manually on page 58
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Manually
To install the device, you need the following tools and parts:
• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
• ESD grounding wrist strap
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Manually (Without a
•
Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400 Services
•
Lifting the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis into a Rack on page 60
•
Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis on page 62
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
59
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To make the services gateway light enough to install manually, you must first remove the following components from the chassis:
•
Power supplies
• Fan tray
The procedure in this topic is for removing components from the base model of the chassis for initial installation only. To use this procedure, you must have not yet connected power cables to the services gateway.
To remove the components from the device:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see the
SRX1400 Services
Gateway Hardware Documentation
.
2.
Release each component by loosening its retaining screws and unlatching its ejector handles as appropriate.
3.
Slide each component out of the chassis evenly so that it does not become stuck or damaged.
4.
Label each component as you remove it so you can reinstall it in the correct location.
5.
Immediately store each removed component in an electrostatic bag.
6.
Do not stack removed components. Set each one on a flat surface.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Manually (Without a
•
Lifting the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis into a Rack on page 60
•
Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis on page 62
Lifting the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis into a Rack
Lifting the chassis and mounting it in a rack requires two people (see Figure 22 on page 61).
Without the power supply and fan tray, the chassis weighs approximately 23.3 lb (10.57
kg).
1.
Ensure that the rack is in its permanent location and is secured to the building.
2.
Position the chassis in front of the rack.
3.
With one person on each side, lift the chassis into position in the rack.
WARNING: Do not attempt to lift the chassis by the handles on the power supplies or on the CFMs. The handles might break off, causing the chassis to fall and inflict injury.
60 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 5: Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Figure 22: Lift the Chassis Into the Rack
4.
Align the bottom hole in each mounting bracket with a hole in each rack rail as shown
Figure 23: Attach Mounting Hardware for Two-Post Rack
•
For front-mounting the chassis in a two-post rack, align the bottom hole in each mounting bracket at the front edge of the chassis.
• For rear-mounting the chassis in a two-post rack, align the bottom hole in each mounting bracket at the rear edge of the chassis.
NOTE: Similarly, you can front-mount or rear-mount the chassis in a four-post rack. However, there is no support shelf provided for the unsupported edge of the chassis to rest.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
61
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
5.
Use the screws to attach the left and right brackets to the rack.
6.
Visually inspect the alignment of the chassis. If the chassis is installed properly in the rack, all the mounting screws on one side of the rack should be aligned with the mounting screws on the opposite side and the chassis should be level.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Manually (Without a
•
Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400 Services
•
Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis on page 62
Reinstalling Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis
To reinstall the components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway chassis:
1.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Documentation .
2.
Identify the locations in the chassis where you will reinstall the removed components.
Use the label you have marked on each removed component to identify the component and its correct location in the chassis.
3.
Slide each component into the chassis evenly so that it does not become stuck or damaged.
4.
Tighten the latching levers or captive screws for each component as appropriate.
NOTE: Do not expose the empty CFM (IOC and NSPC) slots. Use appropriate covers (blank panel for IOC slot and filler cover for NSPC slot) to prevent any dust or foreign objects from damaging the electronics.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools for Installing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Manually (Without a
•
Removing Components from the Chassis for Manual Lifting of the SRX1400 Services
•
Lifting the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis into a Rack on page 60
62 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 6
Installing Additional Components into the
SRX1400 Services Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Installing a Network and Services Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services
•
Installing a System I/O Card into the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 65
•
Installing an AC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 66
•
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 67
Installing a Network and Services Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway
You can install an NSPC in the front panel of the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
Before installing your card, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 to
verify that you have selected an appropriate slot location.
NOTE: You can either use an NSPC or the combination of SRX3000 Series
Services Gateway Network Processing Card (NPC) and Services Processing
Cards (SPC), with a Twin-CFM holder tray holder on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway for the device to operate properly. For more details, see the
“SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
63
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
NOTE: If an NSPC is not present, you must install a filler cover to shield the
empty slots 1 and 3 and to (shown in Figure 24 on page 64) to shield the empty
slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through the device.
Figure 24: SRX1400 Services Gateway with NSPC Slot Covered by
Dual-Wide Filler Cover
To install an NSPC:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis.
2.
Place the card on an antistatic mat or remove it from its electrostatic bag.
3.
Identify the slot on the services gateway where you will install the NSPC.
See “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 for details about where the
individual modules can be installed.
4.
Remove the dual-wide filler cover from the slot by loosening its screws and sliding it out of the slot. Save the filler cover after removing it from the slot, in case you need it when you pack or move the chassis at a later time.
5.
Orient the NSPC so that the faceplate faces you. Slide the NSPC all the way into the
card cage until you feel resistance. See Figure 25 on page 64.
Figure 25: Installing a Network and Services Processing Card in an
SRX1400 Services Gateway
64 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: Installing Additional Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway
6.
Press both of the ejector handles inward to seat the NSPC.
7.
Tighten the screws on either side of the card.
You can proceed with installing other hardware components, or power supplies, or
connecting to a management device. See “Powering On the SRX1400 Services
Gateway” on page 82 to power on the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
Related
Documentation
•
Installing a Network Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 212
•
Installing a Services Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 214
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
Installing a System I/O Card into the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Before installing your card, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 to
verify that you have selected an appropriate slot location.
To install a SYSIOC on an SRX1400 Services Gateway:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis.
2.
Place the SYSIOC on an antistatic mat or remove it from its electrostatic bag.
3.
Identify the slot on the services gateway where you will install the SYSIOC.
See “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 for details about where the
individual modules can be installed.
4.
Orient the SYSIOC so that the faceplate faces you. Slide the SYSIOC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.
5.
Press both of the ejector handles inward to seat the SYSIOC.
6.
Tighten the screws on either side of the card.
7.
Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connector ports (ports 0-5) and small form-factor pluggable (SFP) transceivers (ports 6-11) on SYSIOC as required. Secure the cables so that they are not supporting their own weight. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop. Placing fasteners on a loop helps to maintain its shape.
You can proceed with installing other hardware components, or power supplies, or
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway SYS I/O Cards on page 16
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
Installing an AC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 66
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
65
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 67
Installing an AC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To install an AC power supply:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis.
2.
Orient the power supply so that the locking lever is on the left, as shown in Figure 26 on page 66.
Figure 26: Installing an AC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway
66
3.
Using both hands, slide the power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the chassis slot. The power supply faceplate should be flush with any adjacent power supply faceplate or blank installed in the power supply slot.
4.
Proceed with connecting the power supply to AC power. See “Connecting the SRX1400
Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply” on page 79 for information on connecting
the power supply to AC power.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies Overview on page 31
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply on page 32
•
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 67
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 6: Installing Additional Components into the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To install a DC power supply:
1.
Ensure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.
2.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
3.
Orient the power supply so that the locking lever is on the left, as shown in Figure 27 on page 67.
Figure 27: Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway
4.
Using both hands, slide the power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the chassis slot. The power supply faceplate should be flush with any adjacent power supply faceplate.
5.
Proceed with connecting the power supply to DC power. See “Connecting the SRX1400
Services Gateway to a DC Power Supply” on page 80.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies Overview on page 31
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply on page 34
•
Installing an AC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 66
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC Power Supply on page 80
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
67
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
68 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 7
Installing I/O Cards on the SRX1400
Services Gateway
This chapter includes the following topic:
•
Installing a Copper or Fiber I/O Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 69
Installing a Copper or Fiber I/O Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway
This following topics describe installation procedures for two types of I/O cards that the services gateway supports:
•
Installing an I/O Card with Copper Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services
•
Installing an I/O Card with Fiber-Optic Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services
Installing an I/O Card with Copper Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services Gateway
Before installing your card, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 to
verify that you have selected an appropriate slot location.
To install an IOC that supports copper media interfaces:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis.
2.
Place the IOC on an antistatic mat or remove it from its electrostatic bag.
3.
Identify the slot on the services gateway where it will be installed.
See “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 for details about where the
individual modules can be installed.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
69
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
4.
Orient the IOC so that the faceplate faces you. Slide the IOC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.
5.
Tighten the screws on either side of the card.
6.
Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connector ports on each IOC. Secure the cables so that they are not supporting their own weight. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop. Placing fasteners on a loop helps to maintain its shape.
You can proceed with installing other hardware components, or power supplies, or
WARNING: Never lift the services gateway using the handles on the front panels of the IOCs or other CFM cards. The handles might come off, causing the chassis to drop and inflicting possible grave injury.
Related
Documentation
•
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 27
•
Installing an I/O Card with Fiber-Optic Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
Installing an I/O Card with Fiber-Optic Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services Gateway
Before installing your card, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 to
verify that you have selected an appropriate slot location.
To install an IOC that supports fiber-optic media interfaces:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis.
2.
Place the IOC on an antistatic mat or remove it from its electrostatic bag.
3.
Identify the slot on the services gateway where you will install the IOC.
70 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 7: Installing I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
See “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 for details about where the
individual modules can be installed.
4.
Orient the IOC so that the faceplate faces you. Slide the IOC all the way into the card cage until you feel resistance.
5.
Tighten the screws on either side of the card.
6.
Install XFP or SFP transceivers as appropriate into the sockets on the IOC:
NOTE: We strongly recommend the use of Juniper Networks SFP and XFP transceivers. We cannot guarantee correct operation if other transceivers are used. The transceiver type can be different in each port, as long as a
Juniper Networks-support transceiver part number is used.
a.
Take each new transceiver to be installed out of its electrostatic bag and identify the port on the IOC where it will be installed.
b.
Verify that each transceiver is covered with a rubber safety cap. Cover any transceivers without a safety cap.
c.
Remove the rubber dust covers from each SFP or XFP socket in which you will install a transceiver.
d.
Carefully align the transceiver with the sockets in the IOC. The connectors should face the IOC.
e.
Slide the transceiver until the connector is seated in the IOC slot. If you are unable to fully insert the transceiver, make sure the connector is facing the right way.
f.
Close the ejector handle of the transceiver.
7.
Remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and cable.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
71
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
8.
Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connector ports on each IOC. Secure the cables so that they are not supporting their own weight. Place excess cable out of the way in a neatly coiled loop. Placing fasteners on a loop helps to maintain its shape.
CAUTION: Do not let the fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector.
Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
You can proceed with installing other hardware components, or power supplies, or
WARNING: Never lift the services gateway using the handles on the front panels of the IOCs or other CFM cards. The handles might come off, causing the chassis to drop and inflicting possible grave injury.
Related
Documentation
•
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 28
•
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 30
•
Installing an I/O Card with Copper Media Interfaces in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 69
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
72 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 8
Connecting the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Device on page 73
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Device
After you have installed the services gateway into the rack, attach one or more external devices to the ports on the System I/O card (SYSIOC) that connect to the installed
Routing Engine for management and service operations.
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Network for Out-of-Band
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Console or an Auxiliary
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Network for Out-of-Band Management
To connect the Routing Engine to a network for out-of-band management:
1.
Plug one end of an Ethernet cable with RJ-45 connectors (see Figure 28 on page 74)
into the ETHERNET port on the front of the SYSIOC.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
73
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Figure 28: Ethernet Cable Connector
2.
Plug the other end of the cable into the management device.
3.
Proceed with grounding and powering on the device.
Related
Documentation
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Console or an Auxiliary
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Software Configuration Overview on page 85
•
Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway (CLI
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Console or an Auxiliary Device
To use a system console to configure and manage the Routing Engine, connect it to one of the CONSOLE ports on the SYSIOC, using the RJ-45 cable.
To connect a management console or an auxiliary device:
1.
Plug the RJ-45 end of the cable (see Figure 29 on page 75) into one of the CONSOLE
ports on the SYSIOC.
74 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 8: Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Figure 29: CONSOLE Cable Connector
2.
Plug the female DB-9 end into the device's serial port.
3.
Proceed with grounding and powering on the device.
You can start performing Initial software configuration on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway after the device is up.
Related
Documentation
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Network for Out-of-Band Management on page 73
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Software Configuration Overview on page 85
•
Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway (CLI
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
75
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
76 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 9
Grounding and Providing Power to the
SRX1400 Services Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Required Tools and Parts for Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services
•
Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 78
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC Power Supply on page 80
•
Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 82
•
Powering Off the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 83
Required Tools and Parts for Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
To ground and provide power to the device, you need the following tools and parts:
• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
•
2.5-mm flat-blade (–) screwdriver
•
Wire cutters
• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap
Related
Documentation
•
Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 78
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC Power Supply on page 80
•
Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 82
•
Powering Off the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 83
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
77
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To connect the services gateway to earth ground:
1.
Verify that a licensed electrician has attached the cable lug to the grounding cable
(cable lug, washers, and screws are not supplied with the device).
2.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist, and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
3.
Ensure that all grounding surfaces are clean and brought to a bright finish before you make the grounding connections.
4.
Connect the grounding cable to a proper earth ground.
5.
Detach the ESD grounding strap from the site ESD grounding point.
6.
With the ESD grounding strap attached to your bare wrist, connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
7.
Place the grounding cable lug over the grounding point—a pair of M5 holes to the left
of the power supply slots. See Figure 30 on page 78.
Figure 30: Connect the Grounding Cable to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
78
8.
Secure the grounding cable lug to the chassis using the washers and screws.
9.
Dress the grounding cable, and verify that it does not touch or block access to device components and it does not cause a tripping hazard.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools and Parts for Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services
•
Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 82
•
Powering Off the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 83
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 9: Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply
WARNING: The device must be properly grounded before you connect the
AC power cords.
CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power supplies within the same services gateway. Damage to the device might occur.
You connect AC power to the device by attaching power cords from the AC power sources to the AC appliance inlets located on the power supplies.
To connect the AC power cords to the device for each power supply:
1.
Locate the power cord or cords with the type of plug appropriate for your geographical location to connect the device to AC power.
For more information about model numbers, see the SRX1400 AC Power Cord
Specifications topic in the
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Documentation
.
2.
Insert the appliance coupler end of the power cord into the appliance inlet on the
power supply, as shown in Figure 31 on page 79.
Figure 31: Connect the Chassis to AC Power
3.
Snap the wire bail on the power supply over the power cord to prevent the power cord from accidentally disengaging.
4.
Insert the power cord plug into an external AC power source receptacle.
NOTE: Each power supply must be connected to a dedicated AC power feed and a dedicated external circuit breaker. We recommend that you use a 15 A (250 VAC) minimum circuit breaker, or as permitted by local code.
5.
Dress the power cord appropriately.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
79
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
6.
Verify that the power cord does not block the air exhaust or access to device components and does not cause a tripping hazard.
7.
Repeat Steps 1 through 5 for the second power supply.
If the PWR LED indicates that the power supply is not functioning normally, repeat the installation and cabling procedures.
NOTE: If power is lost to the services gateway, the Power-On/Power-Off state is retained. For example, if the services gateway loses power while the device is on, when power returns, the device will still be in the On state.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools and Parts for Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply on page 32
•
Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 78
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC Power Supply on page 80
•
Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 82
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 186
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 186
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC Power Supply
CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power supplies within the same device.
Damage to the device might occur.
WARNING: The device must be properly grounded before you connect the
DC power cables.
80 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 9: Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
WARNING: Before performing the following procedure, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the off position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the off position.
You connect DC power to the device by attaching power cables from the external DC power sources to the terminal studs on the power supply faceplates.
CAUTION: Before you connect power to the services gateway, a licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to the grounding and power cables that you use. A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the device (for example, by causing a short circuit). To meet safety and electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements and to ensure proper operation, you must connect the SRX1400 Services Gateway to ground before you connect it to power.
To connect the DC source power cables to the device for each power supply:
1.
Switch off the dedicated facility circuit breakers. Ensure that the voltage across the
DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cable leads might become active during installation.
2.
Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
3.
Verify that the DC power cables are correctly labeled before making connections to the power supply.
In a typical power distribution scheme where the return is connected to chassis ground at the battery plant, you can use a multimeter to verify that the ohm output of the
-48V and RTN DC cables to chassis ground. The cable with very large resistance
(indicating an open circuit) to chassis ground will be -48V, and the cable with very low resistance (indicating a closed circuit) to chassis ground will be RTN.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (–) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
4.
Remove the screws and square washers from the terminals, using a Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2.
5.
Secure each power cable lug to the terminals with the square washers and the screws.
Apply between 23 in.-lb (2.6 Nm) and 25 in.-lb (2.8 Nm) of torque to each screw.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
81
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Secure each positive (+) DC source power cable lug to a RTN (return) terminal.
•
Secure each negative (–) DC source power cable lug to a -48V (input) terminal.
6.
Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
7.
Verify that the power cables are connected correctly, that they are not touching or blocking access to services gateway components, and it does not cause a tripping hazard.
8.
Repeat Steps 1 through 7 for the second power supply, if you are installing one.
NOTE: If power is lost to the services gateway, the Power-On/Power-Off state is retained. For example, if the services gateway loses power while the device is on, when power returns, the device will still be in the On state.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools and Parts for Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services
•
Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 78
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
•
Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 82
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 181
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 182
Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To power on the services gateway:
1.
Ensure that you have connected the power supply to the device.
2.
Insert the plug into an AC power source receptacle (for AC-powered devices).
Or
Attach the power cable to the DC power source (for DC-powered devices).
The device starts automatically as the power supply completes its startup sequence.
The Power LED blinks during startup and remains on steadily when the device is operating normally.
82 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 9: Grounding and Providing Power to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
NOTE:
• If the device does not power on after connecting to the power supply, press the POWER button on the front of the SYSIOC for 3 to 5 seconds to power on the device.
• Note that the Routing Engine, SYSIOC, and at least one power supply must be installed on the SRX1400 Services Gateway for the device to power on; otherwise, the device cannot be powered on.
•
If power is lost to the services gateway, the Power-On/Power-Off state is retained. For example, if the services gateway loses power while the device is on, when power returns, the device will still be in the On state.
Related
Documentation
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC Power Supply on page 80
•
Powering Off the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 83
Powering Off the SRX1400 Services Gateway
You can power off the services gateway in one of the following ways:
• Graceful shutdown—Press and immediately release the POWER button on the front of the SYSIOC (for 3 to 5 seconds) to initiate graceful shutdown. The device begins gracefully shutting down the operating system and then powers itself off.
• Forced shutdown—Press the POWER button and hold it for 15 seconds to power down the device immediately.
You need to press the POWER button again to power on the device.
WARNING: Use the graceful shutdown method to power off or reboot the services gateway. Use the forced shutdown method as a last resort to recover the services gateway if the services gateway operating system is not responding to the graceful shutdown method.
By default, even if you press the POWER button and hold it for 15 seconds
(that is, more than 5 seconds), the device will still do a graceful shutdown as long as the device is responsive and operating normally. The device will resort to forced shutdown only if it fails or does not respond to the operating system.
•
To remove power completely from the device, unplug the AC power cord (for
AC-powered devices) or switch off the DC power source (for DC-powered devices).
After powering off the device, wait for at least 10 seconds before powering on the device again. After powering on the device, wait for at least 10 seconds before powering it off.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
83
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
CAUTION: Forced shutdown can result in data loss and corruption of the file system.
Related
Documentation
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC Power Supply on page 80
•
Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 82
84 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 10
Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Software Configuration Overview on page 85
•
Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway (CLI
SRX1400 Services Gateway Software Configuration Overview
The services gateway is shipped with Junos OS preinstalled and ready to be configured when the device is powered on. You can configure the services gateway using the Junos
OS command-line interface (CLI), J-Web interface, SSH, or Telnet. However, you can perform initial configuration using the CLI only.
The SRX1400 Services Gateway includes the copies of Junos OS in:
•
CompactFlash card in the Routing Engine
•
Hard disk in the Routing Engine
NOTE: You can also use the Junos OS stored in the USB flash drive inserted into the Routing Engine faceplate.
When the device boots, the following sequence of events occurs:
1.
The device attempts to start the image on the USB flash drive (if available).
2.
The device attempts to start the image from the CompactFlash card if the USB flash drive is not inserted into the Routing Engine or if the first attempt fails.
3.
The device attempts to start the image from the hard disk if the first two methods fail.
You configure the services gateway by using Junos OS command-line interface (CLI) commands, either on a console device attached to the CONSOLE port on the SYSIOC or over a Telnet connection to a network connected to the ETHERNET port on the SYSIOC.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
85
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Gather the following information before configuring the device:
•
Name the device will use on the network
•
Domain name the device will use
• IP address and prefix length information for the Ethernet interface
• IP address of a default router
•
IP address of a DNS server
•
Password for the root user
Related
Documentation
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Network for Out-of-Band Management on page 73
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Console or an Auxiliary
•
Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway (CLI
Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway (CLI
Procedure)
This sample procedure explains how you can create an initial configuration using CLI commands to connect the services gateway to the network. For complete information about enabling the device to forward traffic, including examples, see the appropriate
Junos OS configuration guides.
To configure Junos OS:
1.
Verify that the device is powered on.
2.
Log in as the root user. There is no password.
3.
Start the CLI.
4.
root# cli root#
Enter configuration mode.
5.
configure
[edit] root@#
Set the root authentication password by entering a cleartext password, an encrypted password, or an SSH public key string (DSA or RSA).
[edit] root@# set system root-authentication plain-text-password
New password:
password
Retype new password:
password
6.
Configure an administrator account on the device. When prompted, enter the password for the administrator account.
[edit]
86 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 10: Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
7.
root@# set system login user admin class super-user authentication plain-text-password
New password:
password
Retype new password:
password
Commit the configuration to activate it on the device.
8.
[edit] root@# commit
Log in as the administrative user you configured in Step 6.
9.
Configure the name of the device. If the name includes spaces, enclose the name in quotation marks (“ ”).
configure
[edit] admin@# set system host-name host-name
10.
Configure the IP address and prefix length for the device’s Ethernet interface.
11.
[edit] admin@# set interfaces fxp0 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length
Configure the traffic interface.
[edit] admin@# set interfaces ge-0/0/0 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length admin@# set interfaces ge-0/0/1 unit 0 family inet address address/prefix-length
NOTE: The ge-0/0/0 interface is for the LAN, and the ge-0/0/1 interface is for the ISP.
12.
Configure the default route.
[edit] admin@# set routing-options static route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop gateway
13.
Configure basic security zones and bind them to traffic interfaces.
[edit] admin@# set security zones security-zone trust interfaces ge-0/0/0 admin@# set security zones security-zone untrust interfaces ge-0/0/1
14.
Configure basic security policies.
[edit] admin@# set security policies from-zone trust to-zone untrust policy policy-name match source-address any destination-address any application any admin@# set security policies from-zone trust to-zone untrust policy policy-name then permit admin@# set security policies from-zone untrust to-zone trust policy policy-name match source-address any destination-address any application any admin@# set security policies from-zone untrust to-zone trust policy policy-name then permit
NOTE: The actual configuration of the policies depends on your requirements.
15.
Check the configuration for validity.
[edit] admin@# commit check configuration check succeeds
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
87
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
88
16.
Commit the configuration to activate it on the device.
17.
[edit] admin@# commit commit complete
Optionally, display the configuration to verify that it is correct.
NOTE: This is a sample output. The actual output might vary depending on your configuration requirements.
admin@# show
## Last changed: 2010-08-18 05:50:46 UTC version "10.4I0 [sharibkh]"; system {
host-name doc;
root-authentication {
encrypted-password "$1$OJJkOtOh$sxV2pvW.XX2CIhIoD7WEM1"; ## SECRET-DATA
}
login {
user admin {
uid 2000;
class super-user;
authentication {
encrypted-password "$1$Gx9YDUAi$V8ee8svJZN8c02X81vIKY."; ##
SECR
ET-DATA
}
}
user regress {
uid 928;
class super-user;
authentication {
encrypted-password "$1$SgVN0PWm$8T4GHRasDvGZV2/fXREZj/"; ##
SECR
ET-DATA
}
}
}
services {
ssh;
telnet;
web-management {
http;
}
}
} interfaces {
ge-0/0/0 {
unit 0 {
family inet {
address 192.1.1.1/24;
}
}
}
ge-0/0/1 {
unit 0 {
family inet {
address 5.1.1.1/24;
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 10: Performing Initial Software Configuration on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
}
}
}
fxp0 {
unit 0 {
family inet {
address 10.204.210.23/23;
address 192.168.10.2/24;
}
}
}
} routing-options {
static {
route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop [ 10.204.211.254 5.1.1.2 ];
}
} security {
zones {
security-zone trust {
interfaces {
ge-0/0/0.0;
}
}
security-zone untrust {
interfaces {
ge-0/0/1.0;
}
}
}
policies {
from-zone trust to-zone untrust {
policy bob {
match {
source-address any;
destination-address any;
application any;
}
then {
permit;
}
}
}
}
policies {
from-zone untrust to-zone trust {
policy bob {
match {
source-address any;
destination-address any;
application any;
}
then {
permit;
}
}
}
}
}
[edit]
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
89
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide regress#
[edit]
18.
Commit the configuration to activate it on the device.
[edit] admin@# commit
19.
Optionally, configure additional properties by adding the necessary configuration statements. Then commit the changes to activate them on the device.
[edit] admin@# commit
20.
When you have finished configuring the device, exit configuration mode.
[edit] admin@# exit admin@>
NOTE: To access the device using J-Web for the first time, enter the configuration mode in the CLI, and set the management option using the command set system services web-management http.
If you are using an interface other than fxp0, then you must also use the command set security zones security-zone trust interface interface-name host-inbound-traffic system-services http/https to set up J-Web.
Related
Documentation
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Network for Out-of-Band Management on page 73
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Console or an Auxiliary
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Software Configuration Overview on page 85
90 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
PART 3
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
Maintenance, Replacement, and
Troubleshooting Procedures
•
Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 93
•
Troubleshooting the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 99
•
Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 111
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
91
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
92 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 11
Maintaining the SRX1400 Services
Gateway Hardware Components
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Required Tools and Parts for Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
•
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
•
Maintaining the Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
•
Maintaining the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 95
•
Maintaining the Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 96
•
Maintaining Power Supplies on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 97
Required Tools and Parts for Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
Components
To maintain hardware components, you need the following tools and parts:
• ESD grounding wrist strap
•
Flat-blade (–) screwdriver
•
Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 1
• Phillips (+) screwdriver, number 2
Related
Documentation
•
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
•
Maintaining Power Supplies on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 97
•
Maintaining the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 95
•
Maintaining the Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
93
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
For optimum services gateway performance, perform the following preventive maintenance procedures regularly:
•
Inspect the installation site for moisture, loose wires or cables, and excessive dust.
Make sure that airflow is unobstructed around the device and into the air intake vents.
• Inspect the air filter, cleaning or replacing it as needed for optimum cooling system performance. Do not run the device for more than a few minutes without the air filter
in place. For maintenance instructions, see “Maintaining the Air Filter on the SRX1400
CAUTION: Always keep the air filter in place while the services gateway is operating. Because the fans are very powerful, they could pull small bits of wire or other materials into the device through the unfiltered air intake.
This could damage the device components.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools and Parts for Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
•
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
•
Maintaining Power Supplies on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 97
•
Maintaining the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 95
•
Maintaining the Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
Maintaining the Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
A dirty air filter restricts airflow in the unit, reducing the ventilation of the chassis. The filter degrades over time. Periodically replace the filter in use, as well as spares. We recommend that you replace the filter every 6 months.
CAUTION: Always keep the air filter in place while the services gateway is operating. Because the fans are very powerful, they could pull small bits of wire or other materials into the device through the unfiltered air intake. This could damage the device components.
Always keep spare air filters and store them in a dark, cool, and dry place. Storing air filters at higher temperatures, or where they can be exposed to ultraviolet (UV) radiation, hydrocarbon emissions, or vapors from solvents, can significantly reduce their life.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools and Parts for Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
•
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
94 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 11: Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
•
Maintaining the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 95
Maintaining the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The fan tray contains two fans that work in unison to cool the services gateway components. If one fan fails, the host subsystem adjusts the speed of the remaining fan to maintain proper cooling. A red alarm is triggered when a fan fails, and a yellow alarm and red alarm is triggered when a fan tray is removed.
NOTE: The fan tray supports online insertion and removal. We recommend that you reinstall the fan tray within three minutes; otherwise, the services gateway temperature exceeds the maximum recommended room temperature and the device shuts down automatically in 4 minutes.
If one fan fails, you must replace the failed fan immediately. If the remaining fan also fails, then all the components in the device go offline automatically
(when both fans fail).
To display the status of the cooling system, use the show chassis environment command.
The output is similar to the following: user@host> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Temp PEM 0 OK
PEM 1 Absent
Routing Engine 0 OK
Routing Engine 1 Absent
CB 0 Intake OK 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
CB 0 Exhaust A OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
CB 0 Mezz OK 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
FPC 0 Intake OK 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
FPC 0 Exhaust A OK 44 degrees C / 111 degrees F
FPC 1 Intake OK 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
FPC 1 Exhaust A OK 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
FPC 1 XLR OK 52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
FPC 2 Intake OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
FPC 2 Exhaust A OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
FPC 3 Intake OK 51 degrees C / 123 degrees F
FPC 3 Exhaust A OK 55 degrees C / 131 degrees F
Fans Fan 1 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan 2 OK Spinning at normal speed
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools and Parts for Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
•
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
•
Maintaining the Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
95
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Maintaining the Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To monitor the Routing Engine, follow these guidelines:
• Check the LEDs on the Routing Engine faceplate
•
Check the status of the Routing Engine using the show chassis routing-engine command.
The output is similar to the following: user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state Master
Election priority Master (default)
DRAM 1023 MB
Memory utilization 35 percent
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 2 percent
Interrupt 0 percent
Idle 97 percent
Model RE-SRX1400
Start time 2010-07-08 13:54:21 UTC
Uptime 5 days, 1 hour, 38 minutes, 53 seconds
Last reboot reason 0x1:power cycle/failure
Load averages: 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.01 0.04 0.03
•
Check the status of the chassis using the show chassis environment command. The output is similar to the following user@host> show chassis environment regress@host-pubs> show chassis environment
Class Item Status Measurement
Temp PEM 0 OK
PEM 1 Absent
Routing Engine 0 OK
Routing Engine 1 Absent
CB 0 Intake OK 33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
CB 0 Exhaust A OK 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
CB 0 Mezz OK 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
FPC 0 Intake OK 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
FPC 0 Exhaust A OK 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
FPC 1 Intake OK 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
FPC 1 Exhaust A OK 43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
FPC 1 XLR OK 52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
FPC 2 Intake OK 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
FPC 2 Exhaust A OK 40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
FPC 3 Intake OK 50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
FPC 3 Exhaust A OK 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
Fans Fan 1 OK Spinning at normal speed
Fan 2 OK Spinning at normal speed
For more information about using the CLI, see the Junos OS manuals available at http://www.juniper.net/techpubs/software/junos-srx/index.html
.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools and Parts for Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
96 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 11: Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components
•
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
•
Maintaining the Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 96
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine on page 24
Maintaining Power Supplies on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To maintain the power supplies, follow these guidelines:
• To check the status of the power supplies, use the show chassis environment pem command. The output is similar to the following: user@host> show chassis environment pem
PEM 0 status:
State Online
Temperature OK 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
AC Input: OK 118 Volts
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
12 11 132 11
PEM 1 status:
State Online
Temperature OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
AC Input: OK 119 Volts
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
12 10 120 10
• Make sure that the power and grounding cables are arranged so that they do not obstruct access to other services gateway components.
•
Routinely check the PWR status LED on the SYSIOC faceplate. If this LED is solid green, the power supplies are functioning normally.
• Routinely check the LED on the power supply faceplate. Each power supply faceplate displays a single LED to indicate the status of the power supply. For more information,
see “SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply” on page 32 or “SRX1400 Services
Gateway DC Power Supply” on page 34.
• Periodically inspect the site to ensure that the grounding and power cables connected to the device are securely in place and that there is no moisture accumulating near the device.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools and Parts for Maintaining the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
•
Routine Maintenance Procedures for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supplies Overview on page 31
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
97
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
98 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 12
Troubleshooting the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Troubleshooting Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 99
•
Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center on page 103
•
Troubleshooting the Cooling System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 103
•
Troubleshooting I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 105
•
Troubleshooting the System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 105
•
Troubleshooting the Network and Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services
•
Troubleshooting the Power System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 107
Troubleshooting Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Troubleshooting with the CLI on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 99
•
Troubleshooting with LEDs on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 101
•
Troubleshooting with Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages on the SRX1400 Services
Troubleshooting with the CLI on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The Junos OS command-line interface (CLI) is the primary tool for controlling and troubleshooting services gateway hardware, the Junos OS, routing protocols, and network connectivity. CLI commands display information from routing tables, information specific to routing protocols, and information about network connectivity derived from the ping and traceroute utilities. CLI commands are entered on one or more external management devices. These devices are connected to the services gateway through the CONSOLE port on the SYSIOC.
You can use the CLI to display details about alarms generated by interfaces and hardware components as shown in examples below:
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
99
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
100
•
Use the CLI show chassis fpc command to check the status of the installed cards. As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates that the card is functioning normally: user@host> show chassis fpc
Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
0 Online 42 40 0 1024 3 27
1 Online 34 40 0 1024 3 27
2 Online 32 40 0 1024 3 27
3 Online 55 40 0 1024 3 27
•
Using a question mark (?) gives you a listing of the various options for the command as shown below: user@host> show chassis fpc ?
Possible completions:
<[Enter]> Execute this command
<fpc-slot> FPC slot number (0..3)
detail Display detailed output
pic-status Show Physical Interface Cards installed in FPC
| Pipe through a command
•
To view information about a particular card in the chassis, use the fpc slot option: user@host> show chassis fpc 3
Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
3 Online 54 39 0 1024 3 27
• For more detailed output, add the detail option. The following example does not specify a slot number, which is optional: user@host> show chassis fpc detail regress@host-pubs> show chassis fpc detail
Slot 0 information:
State Online
Temperature 42 degrees C / 107 degrees F
Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB
Total RLDRAM 0 MB
Total DDR DRAM 0 MB
Start time: 2010-07-08 13:56:19 UTC
Uptime: 2 hours, 23 minutes
Max Power Consumption 0 Watts
Slot 1 information:
State Online
Temperature 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB
Total RLDRAM 0 MB
Total DDR DRAM 0 MB
Start time: 2010-07-08 13:56:24 UTC
Uptime: 2 hours, 22 minutes, 55 seconds
Max Power Consumption 0 Watts
Slot 2 information:
State Online
Temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB
Total RLDRAM 0 MB
Total DDR DRAM 0 MB
Start time: 2010-07-08 13:56:19 UTC
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 12: Troubleshooting the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Uptime: 2 hours, 23 minutes
Max Power Consumption 0 Watts
Slot 3 information:
State Online
Temperature 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB
Total RLDRAM 0 MB
Total DDR DRAM 0 MB
Start time: 2010-07-08 13:56:19 UTC
Uptime: 2 hours, 23 minutes
Max Power Consumption 0 Watts
NOTE: For further descriptions of the output from the commands, see the
Junos System Basics and Services Command Reference.
NOTE: The set chassis ioc-npc-connectivity command is not supported on the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
You can also view the chassis properties in the J-Web interface by selecting
Monitor>Chassis. For more information on troubleshooting the individual hardware components, see the following topics:
•
Troubleshooting the Cooling System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 103
•
Troubleshooting System I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 105
•
Troubleshooting Network and Services Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services
•
Troubleshooting the Power System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 107
•
Troubleshooting I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 105
Troubleshooting with LEDs on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The SRX1400 Services Gateway LEDs, listed in Table 33 on page 102 display the status
of various components.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
101
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 33: LEDs on SRX1400 Services Gateway
LEDs Labels For More Information
Common form-factor module
(CFM) LED
SYSIOC
LEDs
One LED labeled OK/FAIL and
SERVICE on the faceplate of following cards indicates the CFM’s status:
•
•
NSPC
IOC
•
•
•
•
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing Cards on page 22
Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 27
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 28
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 30
Troubleshooting with Chassis and
Interface Alarm Messages on the
SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 103
The following LEDs on the SYSIOC faceplate indicate the status of the card. If no LEDs are lit, the Routing
Engine may still be booting or the
SYSIOC is not receiving power.
•
•
•
•
•
ALARM
SIO
HA
PWR
FAN
(2 LEDs)
NOTE: The LED labeled as
AED is currently not supported in this release and this LED always remains off.
•
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway SYS I/O
Troubleshooting with Chassis and
Interface Alarm Messages on the
SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 103
Routing
Engine LEDs
The following LEDs on the Routing
Engine faceplate indicate the status of the Routing Engine and hard disk drive:
•
•
•
•
MASTER
HDD
STATUS (for the Routing Engine)
STATUS
(for the Packet
Forwarding Engine controller)
•
OK/FAIL
“SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing
•
Troubleshooting with Chassis and
Interface Alarm Messages on the
SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 103
Power supply LEDs
One LED on each power supply faceplate indicates the status of that power supply.
•
•
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power
Troubleshooting with Chassis and
Interface Alarm Messages on the
SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 103
102 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 12: Troubleshooting the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Troubleshooting with Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
When the Routing Engine detects an alarm condition, it lights the red or yellow alarm
LED on the SYSIOC as appropriate. To view a more detailed description of the alarm cause, use the show chassis alarms CLI command: user@host> show chassis alarms
No alarms currently active
There are two classes of alarm messages:
•
Chassis alarms—Indicate a problem with a chassis component such as the cooling system or power supplies.
• Interface alarms—Indicate a problem with a specific network interface.
Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center
If you need assistance while troubleshooting a services gateway, open a support case using the Case Manager link at: http://www.juniper.net/support/
, or call 1-888-314-JTAC
(within the United States) or 1-408-745-9500 (from outside the United States).
Related
Documentation
•
Troubleshooting with the CLI on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 99
•
Troubleshooting with LEDs on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 101
•
Troubleshooting with Chassis and Interface Alarm Messages on the SRX1400 Services
Troubleshooting the Cooling System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The services gateway cooling system consists of a fan tray and an air filter, both of which are located in the side of the chassis and plugged in from the rear of the chassis. The fan tray contains two fans. The fan tray provides cooling to the components installed in the device.
An air filter installed in the rear of the chassis helps keep dust and other particles from entering the cooling system. To function properly, the entire cooling system requires an
unobstructed airflow and proper clearance around the site, as described in “Site
Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 41.
During normal operation, the fans in the fan tray function at less than full speed. The
Routing Engine constantly monitors the temperatures detected by sensors and device components, adjusting the speed of the fans as necessary. If the device temperature exceeds the acceptable maximum, the Routing Engine turns off the power supplies.
Table 34 on page 104 describes the alarm conditions and corrective actions for SRX1400
Services Gateway cooling system.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
103
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 34: SRX1400 Services Gateway Cooling System Alarm Conditions and Corrective Actions
Alarm Conditions
Alarm Indications on SYSIO Card Possible Cause and Corrective Action
The services gateway fan has failed.
The services gateway fan tray is removed
Red (critical alarm
LED)
1.
Use the CLI to get information about the source of an alarm condition: user@host> show chassis alarms
2. If the CLI output lists only one fan failure and the other fan is functioning normally, the fan is most likely faulty and you need to replace the fan tray, as described in
“Replacing the Fan Tray on the SRX1400
Services Gateway” on page 113.
Red (critical alarm
LED) and Yellow
(non-critical alarm
LED)
Reinstall the fan tray.
The device temperature is too warm.
Yellow (non-critical alarm LED)
The Routing Engine constantly monitors the temperatures detected by sensors and device components, and adjusts the speed of the fans as necessary.
TIP: Place your hand near the exhaust vents at the side of the chassis to determine whether the fans are pushing air out of the chassis.
The services gateway temperature is too high, either because of an internal overheating condition or because the maximum recommended room temperature has been exceeded.
Red (critical alarm
LED)
The services gateway shuts down automatically in four minutes.
NOTE: The services gateway shuts down automatically if the device temperature exceeds the threshold value. In this case, the Routing Engine will also be in the off state, and you must press the POWER button to power on the device again.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cooling System on page 36
•
Maintaining the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 95
•
Maintaining the Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 94
104 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 12: Troubleshooting the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Troubleshooting I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To troubleshoot an IOC, follow these guidelines:
• Make sure the IOC is properly seated in the slot and its screws are tightened.
•
Issue the CLI show chassis fpc 2 command to check the status of installed IOCs. As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates that the IOC is functioning normally: user@host> show chassis fpc 2
Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
2 Online 32 39 0 1024 3 27
•
Issue the CLI show chassis fpc 2 detail command for more detailed output.
user@host> show chassis fpc 2 detail
Slot 2 information:
State Online
Temperature 32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB
Total RLDRAM 0 MB
Total DDR DRAM 0 MB
Start time: 2010-07-08 13:56:19 UTC
Uptime: 5 days, 19 hours, 59 minutes, 31 seconds
Max Power Consumption 0 Watts
For further descriptions of the output from the commands, see the Junos System Basics
and Services Command Reference.
Related
Documentation
•
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 27
•
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 28
•
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet I/O Card on page 30
•
Replacing an I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 122
•
Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center on page 103
Troubleshooting the System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To troubleshoot a SYSIOC , follow these guidelines:
•
Make sure the SYSIOC is properly seated in the slot and its screws are tightened.
•
Use the CLI show chassis fpc command to check the status of the installed SYSIOC.
As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates that the SYSIOC is functioning normally: user@host> show chassis fpc 0
Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
105
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
0 Online 41 40 0 1024 3 27
•
Use the CLI show chassis fpc 0 detail command for more detailed output.
user@host> show chassis fpc 0 detail
Slot 0 information:
State Online
Temperature 41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB
Total RLDRAM 0 MB
Total DDR DRAM 0 MB
Start time: 2010-07-08 13:56:19 UTC
Uptime: 5 days, 20 hours, 7 minutes, 49 seconds
Max Power Consumption 0 Watts
For further descriptions of the output from the commands, see the Junos System Basics
and Services Command Reference.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway SYS I/O Cards on page 16
•
Replacing a System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 124
•
Juniper Networks Technical Assistance Center on page 103
Troubleshooting the Network and Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
To troubleshoot the Network and Services Processing Card (NSPC), follow these guidelines:
•
Make sure the NSPC is properly seated in the slot and its screws are tightened.
• Use the CLI show chassis fpc 1 command to check the status of installed NSPC. As shown in the sample output for show chassis fpc 1, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates that the NSPC is functioning normally: user@host> show chassis fpc 1
Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
1 Online 34 40 0 1024 3 27
NOTE: Because the NSPC occupies slot 1 and slot 3 of the SRX1400
Services Gateway chassis, you can use the show chassis fpc 1 and show chassis fpc 3 commands to check the status of NSPC.
• Use the CLI show chassis fpc 1 detail command for more detailed output.
user@host> show chassis fpc 1 detail
Slot 1 information:
State Online
Temperature 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB
Total RLDRAM 0 MB
106 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 12: Troubleshooting the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Total DDR DRAM 0 MB
Start time: 2010-07-08 13:56:24 UTC
Uptime: 5 days, 20 hours, 22 minutes, 7 seconds
Max Power Consumption 0 Watts
For further descriptions of the output from the commands, see the Junos System Basics
and Services Command Reference.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing Cards on page 22
•
Troubleshooting Network and Services Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services
Troubleshooting the Power System on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To verify that a power supply is functioning normally, perform the following steps:
•
Check the LEDs on each power supply faceplate. If an AC or DC power supply is correctly installed and functioning normally, the OUTPUT OK status LED on the power supply faceplate blinks, then lights steadily approximately five seconds after you switch the power supply circuit breaker on.
For more information on power supply LEDs, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway DC
Power Supply” on page 34 or “SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply” on page 32.
• Use the CLI show chassis environment pem command to check the status of installed power supplies. As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the rows labeled
State indicates that the power supplies in slots 0 and 1 are functioning normally: user@host> show chassis environment pem
PEM 0 status:
State Online
Temperature OK 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
AC Input: OK 118 Volts
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
12 11 132 11
PEM 1 status:
State Online
Temperature OK 29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
AC Input: OK 119 Volts
DC Output Voltage(V) Current(A) Power(W) Load(%)
12 10 120 10
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
107
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
108
If a power supply is not functioning normally, perform the following steps to diagnose and correct the problem:
•
If a red alarm condition occurs, use the show chassis alarms command to determine the source of the problem.
NOTE: If the system temperature exceeds the red-alarm threshold, the
Junos OS shuts down all power supplies so that no status is displayed.
The Junos OS also can shut down one of the power supplies for other reasons. In this case, the remaining power supplies provide power to the services gateway, and you can still view the system status through the CLI or J-Web interface.
NOTE: The services gateway shuts down automatically if the device temperature exceeds the red-alarm threshold. In this case, the Routing
Engine will also be in the off state, and you must press the POWER button to power on the device again.
•
Verify that the Routing Engine, SYSIOC, and at least one power supply is installed on the SRX1400 Services Gateway and are functioning properly; otherwise the device can not be powered on.
• Verify that the source circuit breaker has the proper current rating. Each power supply must be connected to a separate source circuit breaker.
•
Verify that the AC power cord or DC power cables from the power source to the device are not damaged. If the insulation is cracked or broken, immediately replace the cord or cable.
•
Connect the power supply to a different power source with a new power cord or power cables. If the power supply status LEDs indicate that the power supply is not functioning normally, the power supply is the source of the problem. Replace the power supply
with a spare, as described in “Replacing a DC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway” on page 132 or “Replacing AC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services
• Verify that power supply is functioning properly by checking the status of power supply
LED. For more information, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply” on
page 32 or “SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply” on page 34.
NOTE: If the SRX1400 Services Gateway is not powering on and the power supply LED is blinking, press the Power button to power on the device.
•
If you cannot determine the cause of the problem or need additional assistance while troubleshooting a services gateway, open a support case using the Case Manager link at: http://www.juniper.net/support/
, or call 1-888-314-JTAC (within the United States) or 1-408-745-9500.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 12: Troubleshooting the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply on page 32
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply on page 34
•
Replacing an AC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 130
•
Replacing AC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 132
•
Replacing a DC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 132
•
Replacing DC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 135
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
109
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
110 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
CHAPTER 13
Replacing Hardware Components on the
SRX1400 Services Gateway
This chapter includes the following topics:
•
Field-Replaceable Units on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 111
•
Required Tools and Parts for Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400
•
Replacing Cooling System Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 113
•
Replacing Host Subsystem Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 118
•
Replacing Power System Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 129
Field-Replaceable Units on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Field-replaceable units (FRUs) are services gateway components that can be replaced at the customer site. The device uses the following types of FRUs:
• Hot-removable and hot-insertable-FRUs —You can remove and replace these components without powering off the device or disrupting the routing functions.
•
Cold-Swap-Only FRUs —You must power off the device in order to remove, replace, or add these components.
Table 35 on page 111 lists the FRUs for the services gateway.
Table 35: Field-Replaceable Units
Hot-Removable and Hot-Insertable FRUs Cold-Swap-Only FRUs
•
•
•
•
•
Air filters (cooling system)
Air filters (power supply) (if redundant)
Fan trays
AC and DC power supplies (if redundant)
Small form-factor pluggable (SFP) and
SFP+
•
•
•
•
Routing Engine
System I/O card (SYSIOC)*
I/O card (IOC)
Network and Services Processing Card
(NSPC)*
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
111
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
* It is not necessary to power off the device to remove/replace the NSPC and IOC; but their removal causes disrupting of the routing functionality of the device. After the replacement, you have to reboot the device for the new cards to be initialized.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools and Parts for Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel on page 14
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
Required Tools and Parts for Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400
Services Gateway
To replace hardware components, you need the tools and parts listed in Table 36 on page 112.
Table 36: Tools and Parts Required for Replacing Hardware Components on the
SRX1400 Services Gateway
Tool or Part Components
3/8-in. nut driver or pliers
Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat
•
•
Cables and connectors
DC power supply
Blank panels (if component is not reinstalled) •
•
•
IOC
NSPC
Power supply
•
•
•
•
•
SYSIOC
IOC
NSPC
SFP and XFP transceivers
Routing Engine
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap
All
Flat-blade (–) screwdriver
Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
Rubber safety cap
•
•
Cables and connectors
IOC
•
•
•
•
SYSIOC
I/O card
NSPC
Routing Engine
•
•
•
IOC
SYSIOC
Small form-factor pluggable (SFP) and SFP+ transceivers
112 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Table 36: Tools and Parts Required for Replacing Hardware Components on the
SRX1400 Services Gateway (continued)
Tool or Part Components
Wire cutters •
•
Cables and connectors
DC power supply
Related
Documentation
•
Field-Replaceable Units on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 111
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Components on page 13
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel on page 14
•
Overview of the SRX1400 Services Gateway Common Form-Factor Modules on page 11
Replacing Cooling System Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
When the airflow through the chassis is inhibited because of a clogged filter or a fan failure, you must replace the respective component. The cooling system components support online insertion and removal.
The following topics provide instructions on how to replace these components:
•
Replacing the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 113
•
Replacing the Cooling System Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 116
Replacing the Fan Tray on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The SRX1400 Services Gateway has one fan tray located in the side of the chassis and can be plugged in from the rear of the chassis. The fan tray contains two fans. The fan tray supports online insertion and removal. It weighs about 4.2 lb (1.9 kg).
NOTE: To prevent overheating, install the replacement fan tray immediately after removing the existing fan tray. We recommend that you reinstall the fan tray within 3 minutes; otherwise, the services gateway temperature exceeds the maximum recommended room temperature, and the device shuts down automatically in 4 minutes.
You can also use the fan tray LED to detect the condition when the fan speed has reduced to a safer value, so that the fan tray can be removed from the device safely.
Table 37 on page 114 provides the LED indications of the fan tray LED.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
113
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 37: Fan Tray LED
Color LED Status
Amber Off
On Steadily
Indicated Condition
Fans are running and fan tray is functioning normally. Do not remove the fan tray in this condition.
Fans are not running, and fan tray can be removed safely.
NOTE: This Fan tray LED lights only when fans are shut down manually using the CLI command request chassis fan-tray offline .
The fan tray LED does not detect a fan failure. The FAN LED available on the System I/O Card (SYSIOC) indicates the fan failure status.
NOTE: The fan tray LED provides additional safety measures. Even though you can remove the fan tray while the fans are still running, we strongly recommend that you wait until the fan tray LED lights steadily amber
(indicating that the fans are not running) before you remove the fan tray..
To replace the fan tray:
1.
Use the request chassis fan-tray offline command to shut down the fans. Wait until the system displays Fan Take Offline Successful message and the fan tray LED lights amber (indicating that the fans are not running).
2.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
3.
Turn the screw to the left on the fan tray door as shown in Figure 32 on page 114. Open
the fan tray door to the right and remove the fan tray door.
Figure 32: Replacing the Fan Tray—Opening the Fan Tray Door
114
4.
Wait for the fans to stop spinning completely.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
WARNING: To avoid injury, do not proceed until the fans have stopped spinning.
WARNING: The fan tray LED provides additional safety measures. Even though you can remove the fan tray while fans are still running, we that you wait until the fan tray LED lights steadily amber (indicating that the fans are not running) before you remove the fan tray.
5.
After the fans have stopped spinning and the fan tray LED lights steadily, lift upward
on the latch at the bottom of the fan tray to release it as shown in Figure 33 on page 115.
Figure 33: Removing the Fan Tray from the SRX1400 Services Gateway
6.
Grasp the fan tray and pull it out approximately 6 in. (15 cm).
7.
Place one hand under the fan tray to support it and pull the fan tray completely out of the chassis. Set it aside.
8.
Grasp the replacement fan tray and insert it straight into the chassis until you hear a
click, indicating the latch has closed. See Figure 34 on page 116.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
115
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Figure 34: Installing the Fan Tray into the SRX1400 Services Gateway
NOTE: Be sure the fan tray is correctly oriented in the slot, with the latch on the bottom of the vertically aligned fan tray.
9.
Press the fan tray into the chassis about 1 in. (2.5 cm) beyond where the latch closes to engage the power connection.
10.
Reinsert the fan tray door, and close and tighten the captive screw to secure it in the chassis.
NOTE: The FAN LED on the System I/O card lights steadily green, indicating that cooling system is operating normally.
Replacing the Cooling System Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
CAUTION: Do not run the services gateway for more than a few minutes without the air filter in place.
CAUTION: Always keep the air filter in place while the device is operating, except during replacement. Because the fans are very powerful, they could pull small bits of wire or other materials into the device through the unfiltered air intake. This could damage the services gateway components.
NOTE: You can order an air filter kit separately. Contact your Juniper Networks customer service representative for more information. The air filter kit includes a cooling system air filter and a power supply air filter.
The services gateway cooling system has one air filter that installs in the rear of the chassis. The air filter supports online insertion and removal.
116 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The air filter is located in the rear of the chassis on the right side. The air filter weighs approximately 0.2 lb (0.09 kg).
To replace the cooling system air filter:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
2.
Turn the screw to the left on the fan tray door. Open it to the right and remove it. See
Figure 35: Removing the Cooling System Air Filter from the SRX1400
Services Gateway
3.
Slide the air filter out of the chassis and properly dispose of it.
4.
Locate the up arrow on the replacement filter to ensure that the air filter is right side up.
5.
Slide the air filter straight into the chassis until it stops as shown in Figure 36 on page 117.
Figure 36: Installing Cooling System Air Filter from the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
6.
Replace the fan tray door and tighten the screw to secure it in the chassis.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
117
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Replacing Host Subsystem Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To replace subsystem components of the services gateway, you must power down the services gateway.
The following topics provide instructions on how to replace host subsystem components:
•
Replacing a Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 118
•
Replacing a Network and Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services
•
Replacing an I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 122
•
Replacing a System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 124
•
Replacing SFP and XFP Transceivers on I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services
•
Replacing SFP and SFP+ Transceivers on a System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services
Replacing a Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The Routing Engine is located in the front slot labeled RE0 on the services gateway.
Before you replace the Routing Engine, you must power off the services gateway.
To replace the Routing Engine:
1.
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
3.
Disconnect any cables connected to the AUX or USB ports.
4.
Loosen the captive screws at each end of the Routing Engine faceplate.
5.
Pull open the ejector handles to unseat the Routing Engine as shown in Figure 37 on page 118.
Figure 37: Removing the Routing Engine from the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
1
2
118 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
1
1.
Captive screws
2.
Ejector handles
6.
Grasp the Routing Engine by the ejector handles and slide it halfway out of the chassis.
7.
Place one hand underneath the Routing Engine to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.
8.
Place the Routing Engine on the antistatic mat.
9.
Carefully align the sides of the replacement Routing Engine with the guides inside the chassis.
10.
Slide the Routing Engine into the slot until you feel resistance, and then press the
Routing Engine faceplate until it engages the connectors.
11.
Press both of the ejector handles inward to seat the Routing Engine. See Figure 38 on page 119
Figure 38: Installing the Routing Engine on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
2
12.
Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the Routing Engine.
13.
Reconnect cables previously attached to the AUX or USB ports.
14.
Power on the services gateway by pressing the Power button on the front panel of the SYSIOC for three to five seconds if the Routing Engine does not start automatically.
Wait for the device to start. The OK/FAIL LED on the Routing Engine faceplate should blink green, then light steadily.
NOTE: The Routing Engine might require several minutes to boot. If after this time the OK/FAIL LED is red, remove and reinstall the Routing Engine.
If the OK/FAIL LED remains red, the Routing Engine is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
119
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
NOTE: The memory of the POWER button state is maintained in the
Routing Engine.
• If the Routing Engine is replaced, the state of the new Routing Engine determines whether the device powers up automatically or needs the power button to be pressed to power up.
•
If a device was powered down using the power button, and the Routing
Engine was subsequently transferred to another device, the new device will power up only when the power button is pressed.
To check the status of the Routing Engine: user@host> show chassis routing-engine
Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state Master
Election priority Master (default)
DRAM 1023 MB
Memory utilization 36 percent
CPU utilization:
User 0 percent
Background 0 percent
Kernel 2 percent
Interrupt 0 percent
Idle 98 percent
Model RE-SRX1400
Start time 2010-07-20 11:58:49 UTC
Uptime 27 minutes, 16 seconds
Last reboot reason 0x1:power cycle/failure
Load averages: 1 minute 5 minute 15 minute
0.00 0.02 0.07
For more information about using the CLI, see the Junos OS manuals.
Replacing a Network and Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
An NSPC is installed on the front panel of the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
To replace an NSPC:
1.
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
3.
Loosen the captive screws at each end of the NSPC faceplate.
4.
Pull open the ejector handles to unseat the NSPC. See Figure 39 on page 121.
120 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Figure 39: Removing an NSPC from the SRX1400 Services Gateway
5.
Grasp the NSPC by the ejector handles and slide it halfway out of the chassis.
6.
Place one hand underneath the NSPC to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.
CAUTION: The NSPC can become very warm during operation. Avoid contact with the heat sink on top of the card when removing it to prevent personal injury.
7.
Place the NSPC on the antistatic mat.
8.
Slide the replacement NSPC into the slot until you feel resistance, and then press the
NSPC's faceplate until it engages the connectors.
9.
Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the NSPC. See Figure 40 on page 121.
Figure 40: Installing an NSPC in the SRX1400 Services Gateway
10.
Power on the services gateway, as described in “Powering On the SRX1400 Services
Gateway”. The OK/FAIL LED on the NSPC faceplate should blink green, then light steadily.
NOTE: If the OK/FAIL LED is red, remove and reinstall the NSPC. If the
OK/FAIL LED remains red, the NSPC is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
121
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
WARNING: Never lift the services gateway using the handles on the front panels of the NSPC or other CFM cards. The handles might come off, causing the chassis to drop and inflicting possible grave injury.
Replacing an I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
IOCs are installed in the services gateway in the slot labeled CFM2. SFPs and XFPs support hot-removable and hot-insertable functionality. Removing an SFP or XFP transceiver does not interrupt IOC functioning, but the removed transceiver no longer receives or transmits data.
NOTE: We strongly recommend the use of Juniper Networks SFP and XFP transceivers. We cannot guarantee correct operation if other transceivers are used. The transceiver type can be different in each port, as long as a Juniper
Networks transceiver is used.
To replace an IOC:
1.
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD,
see “Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
3.
Disconnect any cables connected to the Ethernet ports, marking them so they can be reconnected in the proper location. If the IOC uses fiber-optic cable, immediately cover each transceiver and the end of each cable with a rubber safety cap. Arrange the disconnected cables in the cable management system to prevent the cables from developing stress points.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
CAUTION: Do not leave a fiber-optic transceiver uncovered except when inserting or removing cable. The safety cap keeps the port clean and prevents accidental exposure to laser light.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
122 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
4.
Loosen the captive screws at each end of the IOC faceplate.
5.
Grasp the IOC by its handle and slide it halfway out of the chassis. See Figure 41 on page 123.
Figure 41: Removing an I/O Card from the SRX1400 Services Gateway
6.
Place one hand underneath the SPC to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.
7.
Place the IOC on the antistatic mat. If you are not reinstalling an IOC into the emptied slot within 30 minutes, install a blank panel over the slot to maintain proper airflow in the card cage.
If you need to replace the transceivers, see “Replacing SFP and XFP Transceivers on
I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 126; otherwise, continue with
step 10.
8.
Carefully align the sides of the replacement IOC with the guides inside the chassis.
9.
Slide the IOC into the slot until you feel resistance, and then press the IOC faceplate until it engages the connectors.
10.
Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the IOC faceplate. See Figure 42 on page 123.
Figure 42: Installing an IOC on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
11.
If the IOC uses fiber-optic cable, remove the rubber safety cap from each transceiver and cable.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
123
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the ends of fiber-optic cables. Fiber-optic transceivers and fiber-optic cable connected to a transceiver emit laser light that can damage your eyes.
12.
Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connector ports on each IOC.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
13.
Power on the services gateway, as described in “Powering On the SRX1400 Services
Gateway” on page 82. The OK/FAIL LED on the IOC faceplate should blink green, then
light steadily.
NOTE: If the OK/FAIL LED is red, remove and reinstall the IOC. If the
OK/FAIL
LED remains red, the IOC is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.
WARNING: Never lift the services gateway using the handles on the front panels of the IOCs or other CFM cards. The handles might come off, causing the chassis to drop and inflicting possible grave injury.
Replacing a System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
System I/O card (SYSIOC) is installed in the front of the SRX1400 Services Gateway.
To replace a SYSIOC:
1.
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
3.
Disconnect any cables attached to the console or management ports.
4.
Loosen the captive screws at each end of the SYSIOC faceplate.
5.
Pull open the ejector handles to unseat the SYSIOC.
124 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
6.
Grasp the SYSIOC by the ejector handles and slide it halfway out of the chassis. See
Figure 43: Removing the SYSIOC from the SRX1400 Services Gateway
7.
Place one hand underneath the SYSIOC to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.
8.
Place the SYSIOC on the antistatic mat.
We strongly recommend to reinstall the SYSIOC into the emptied slot as soon as the replacement card is ready, in order to protects the device from dust entering into the system through empty slot.
9.
Carefully align the sides of the replacement SYSIOC with the guides inside the chassis.
10.
Slide the SYSIOC into the chassis until you feel resistance.
11.
Press both of the ejector handles inward to seat the SYSIOC as shown in Figure 44 on page 125.
Figure 44: Installing the SYSIOC from the SRX1400 Services Gateway
12.
Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the SYSIOC faceplate.
13.
Insert the appropriate cables into the cable connector ports on each SYSIOC.
14.
Power on the services gateway, as described in “Powering On the SRX1400 Services
The SYSIO LED on the SYSIOC faceplate should blink green, then light steadily.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
125
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
NOTE: If the SYSIO LED is red, remove and reinstall the SYSIOC. If the
SYSIO LED remains red, the SYSIOC is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.
15.
Check the status of the SYSIOC by using the show chassis environment fpc 0 command.
WARNING: Never lift the services gateway using the handles on the front panels of the IOCs or other CFM cards. The handles might come off, causing the chassis to drop and inflicting possible grave injury.
CAUTION: Do not let fiber-optic cable hang free from the connector. Do not allow fastened loops of cable to dangle, which stresses the cable at the fastening point.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius.
An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
Replacing SFP and XFP Transceivers on I/O Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The small form-factor pluggable transceivers (SFPs) and XFPs are optical transceivers that are installed in IOC. SFPs and XFPs are hot-insertable and hot-removable. Removing an SFP or XFP does not interrupt IOC functioning, but the removed SFP or XFP no longer receives or transmits data.
NOTE: We strongly recommend the use of Juniper Networks SFP and XFP transceivers. We cannot guarantee correct operation if other transceivers are used. The transceiver type can be different in each port, as long as a supported part number is used.
To replace an SFP or XFP transceiver:
1.
Have ready a replacement transceiver or a transceiver slot plug, an antistatic mat, and a rubber safety cap for the transceiver.
2.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the ESD points on the chassis.
3.
Label the cables connected to the transceiver so that you can reconnect them correctly later.
126 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the end of a fiber-optic cable. Fiber-optic transceivers contain laser light sources that can damage your eyes.
4.
Remove the cable connector plugged into the transceiver.
5.
Carefully drape the disconnected cables to prevent the cable from developing stress points.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
6.
Pull the ejector handle out from the transceiver to unlock the transceiver.
CAUTION: Make sure that you open the ejector handle completely until you hear it click. This prevents damage to the transceiver.
Use needlenose pliers to pull the ejector handle out from the SFP.
7.
Grasp the transceiver ejector handle and pull the transceiver approximately 0.5 in. (1.3
cm) out of the IOC.
8.
Using your fingers, grasp the body of the transceiver and pull it the rest of the way out of the IOC.
Figure 45: Removing SFPs or XFPs
9.
Place a rubber safety cap over the transceiver.
10.
Place the removed transceiver on an antistatic mat or in an electrostatic bag.
11.
Repeat steps 3 through 10 for each transceiver you need to replace.
12.
Take each new transceiver to be installed out of its electrostatic bag and identify the port on the IOC where it will be installed.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
127
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
13.
Verify that each transceiver is covered by a rubber safety cap. If it is not, cover the transceiver with a safety cap.
14.
Carefully align the transceiver with the slot in the IOC. The connectors should face the IOC.
15.
Slide the transceiver until the connector is seated in the IOC slot. If you are unable to fully insert the transceiver, make sure the connector is facing the right way.
16.
Close the ejector handle of the transceiver.
17.
Remove the rubber safety cap from the transceiver and the end of the cable. Reconnect the cables into the transceivers.
18.
Verify that the status LEDs on the IOC faceplate indicate that the SFP or XFP is functioning correctly. You can also verify that the IOC is functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command.
Replacing SFP and SFP+ Transceivers on a System I/O Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
NOTE: We strongly recommend the use of Juniper Networks SFP and SFP+ transceivers. We cannot guarantee correct operation if other transceivers are used. The transceiver type can be different in each port, as long as a Juniper
Networks transceiver is used.
To replace an SFP or SFP+ transceiver:
1.
Have ready a replacement transceiver or a transceiver slot plug, an antistatic mat, needlenose pliers, and a rubber safety cap for the transceiver.
2.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis.
3.
Label the cables connected to the transceiver so that you can reconnect them correctly later.
WARNING: Do not look directly into a fiber-optic transceiver or into the end of a fiber-optic cable. Fiber-optic transceivers contain laser light sources that can damage your eyes.
4.
Remove the cable connector plugged into the transceiver.
5.
Carefully drape the disconnected cables to prevent the cable from developing stress points.
CAUTION: Avoid bending fiber-optic cable beyond its minimum bend radius. An arc smaller than a few inches in diameter can damage the cable and cause problems that are difficult to diagnose.
6.
Pull the ejector handle out from the transceiver to unlock the transceiver.
128 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
CAUTION: Make sure that you open the ejector handle completely until you hear it click. This prevents damage to the transceiver.
Use needlenose pliers to pull the ejector handle out from the SFP.
7.
Grasp the transceiver ejector handle and pull the transceiver approximately 0.5 in. (1.3
cm) out of the SYSIOC.
8.
Using your fingers, grasp the body of the transceiver and pull it the rest of the way out of the SYSIOC.
9.
Place a rubber safety cap over the transceiver.
10.
Place the removed transceiver on an antistatic mat or in an electrostatic bag.
11.
Repeat steps 3 through 10 for each transceiver you need to replace.
12.
Take each new transceiver to be installed out of its electrostatic bag and identify the port on the SYSIOC where it will be installed.
13.
Verify that each transceiver is covered by a rubber safety cap. If it is not, cover the transceiver with a safety cap.
14.
Carefully align the transceiver with the slot in the SYSIOC . The connectors should face the SYSIOC.
15.
Slide the transceiver until the connector is seated in the SYSIOC slot. If you are unable to fully insert the transceiver, make sure the connector is facing the right way.
16.
Close the ejector handle of the transceiver.
17.
Remove the rubber safety cap from the transceiver and the end of the cable. Reconnect the cables into the transceivers.
18.
Verify that the status LEDs on the SYSIOC faceplate indicate that the SFP or SFP+ is functioning correctly. You can also verify that the SYSIOC is functioning by issuing the show chassis fpc pic-status command.
Replacing Power System Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Replacing an AC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 130
•
Replacing AC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 132
•
Replacing a DC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 132
•
Replacing DC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 135
•
Replacing the Power Supply Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 136
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
129
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Replacing an AC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To replace an AC power supply:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
2.
Remove the power cord from the power supply.
3.
Push the tab on the left edge of the power supply to the right.
4.
Pull the power supply straight out of the chassis using the provided handle. Use one
hand to support underneath the supply as you remove it. See Figure 46 on page 130.
Figure 46: Removing an AC Power Supply from the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
5.
Orient the replacement power supply so that the tab is on the left side.
6.
Using both hands, slide the replacement power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the chassis slot. Make sure the tab on the left edge of the power supply clicks into place. The power supply faceplate should be flush
with any adjacent power supply faceplate. See Figure 47 on page 130.
Figure 47: Installing an AC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway
130 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power supplies within the same services gateway. Damage to the device might occur.
NOTE: Be sure to have the power supply oriented correctly. The tab must be on the left and click into place when fully seated. If the power supply does not insert easily or does not become flush with the chassis, you might have the power supply upside down.
7.
Attach the power cord to the power supply. If the power supply is correctly installed and functioning normally, the power supply powers up immediately.
NOTE: Press the Power button if the device does not power on
automatically. See “Powering On the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 82 for more details.
NOTE: The POWER button state is maintained in the Routing Engine. If the Routing Engine is replaced, the state of the new Routing Engine determines whether the device powers up automatically or needs the power button to be pressed to power up.
If the device was powered down using the power button, and the Routing
Engine was subsequently transferred to another device, the new device will power up only when the power button is pressed.
NOTE: You must have a SYSIOC and a Routing Engine installed in the services gateway for the power supply to turn on automatically.
NOTE: If you are moving this power supply from one slot to another, wait at least 60 seconds before inserting it into the new slot.
NOTE: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating power supply unit, each power supply slot must contain either a power supply or a blank panel. If you remove a power supply, you must install a replacement power supply or a blank panel shortly after the removal.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
131
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Replacing AC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
WARNING: Before working on an AC-powered device or near power supplies, unplug the power cord.
To replace an AC power supply cord:
1.
Unplug the power cord from the power source receptacle.
2.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
3.
Unplug the power cord from the appliance inlet on the power supply.
4.
Locate a replacement C13 power cord with the type of plug appropriate for your geographical location.
5.
Insert the power cord plug into an external AC power source receptacle.
6.
Connect the power cord to the power supply. See Figure 48 on page 132.
Figure 48: Connecting AC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
7.
Verify that the power cord does not block the air exhaust and access to services gateway components, or it does not cause a tripping hazard.
8.
If the power supply is correctly installed and functioning normally, the supply automatically powers up.
Replacing a DC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To replace a DC power supply:
1.
Switch off the dedicated facility circuit breaker for the power supply being removed.
Follow your site's procedures for ESD.
2.
Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.
3.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
132 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
4.
Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
5.
Remove the screws and washers from the terminals. Use a number-2 Phillips screwdriver to loosen and remove the screws.
6.
Remove the cable lugs from the terminals.
7.
Carefully move the power cables out of the way.
8.
Push the tab on the left edge of the power supply to the right.
9.
Pull the power supply straight out of the chassis. See figure Figure 49 on page 133.
Figure 49: Removing a DC Power Supply from the SRX1400 Services
Gateway
10.
Orient the replacement power supply so that the tab is on the left side, as shown
Figure 50: Installing a DC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
11.
Using both hands, slide the replacement power supply straight into the chassis until the power supply is fully seated in the chassis slot. Make sure the tab on the left edge of the power supply clicks into place. The power supply faceplate should be flush with any adjacent power supply faceplate.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
133
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
NOTE: Be sure to have the power supply oriented correctly. The tab must be on the left and click into place when fully seated. If the power supply does not insert easily or does not become flush with the chassis, you might have the power supply upside down.
12.
Remove the clear plastic cover protecting the terminal studs on the faceplate.
13.
Remove the screws and washers from the terminals.
14.
Secure each power cable lug to the terminal studs, first with the washer, then with the screw. Apply between 23 lb-in. (2.6 Nm) and 25 lb-in. (2.8 Nm) of torque to each screw.
a.
Secure each positive (+) DC source power cable lug to a RTN (return) terminal.
b.
Secure each negative (–) DC source power cable lug to a -48V (input) terminal.
Figure 51 on page 134 shows typical DC source cabling to the SRX1400 Services
Gateway.
Figure 51: Typical DC Source Cabling to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Front panel of SRX1400
134
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (–) to indicate their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
NOTE: The DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and the DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
NOTE: For information about connecting to DC power sources, see
“SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications” on page 182.
15.
Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
16.
Verify that the power cabling is correct, that the cables are not touching or blocking access to services gateway components, and it does not cause a tripping hazard. If the power supply is correctly installed and functioning normally, the LED on the power supply lights green steadily.
CAUTION: Do not mix AC and DC power supplies within the same services gateway. Damage to the device might occur.
NOTE: You must have a SYSIOC and a Routing Engine installed in the services gateway for the power supply to turn on automatically.
NOTE: To maintain proper cooling and prevent thermal shutdown of the operating power supply unit, each power supply slot must contain either a power supply or a blank panel. If you remove a power supply, you must install a replacement power supply or a blank panel shortly after the removal.
Replacing DC Power Supply Cables on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To replace a power supply cable connected to a DC power supply:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to an approved site ESD grounding point. See the instructions for your site.
2.
Switch off the external circuit breakers for all the cables attached to the power supply.
Make sure that the voltage across the DC power source cable leads is 0 V and that there is no chance that the cables might become active during the removal process.
3.
Remove the power cable from the DC power source.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
135
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
4.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
5.
Make sure the cable is not touching or in the way of any device components, and that it does not cause a tripping hazard.
6.
Replace the clear plastic cover over the terminal studs on the faceplate.
7.
Attach the power cable to the DC power source.
8.
Verify that the DC source power cabling is correct. Observe the status of the LED on the power supply. If the power cable is correctly installed and the power supply is functioning normally, the LED on the power supply lights green steadily.
Replacing the Power Supply Air Filter on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The SRX1400 Services Gateway power supply has one air filter located in the front of the power supply. The SRX1400 power supply air filter supports hot-removable and hot-insertable functionality.
CAUTION: Do not run the services gateway for more than a few minutes without the air filter in place.
NOTE: You can order an air filter kit separately. Contact your Juniper Networks customer service representative for more information. The air filter kit includes a cooling system air filter and a power supply air filter.
136 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Chapter 13: Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To replace the air filter:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the SRX1400 chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
Figure 52 on page 137 shows the SRX1400 Services Gateway power supply air filter.
Figure 52: SRX1400 Power Supply Air Filter
2 3
1
1
2
3
Table 38 on page 137 lists the SRX1400 services gateway power supply air filter
components.
Table 38: Power Supply Air Filter Components
Number Power Supply Air Filter Components
Removable self-tap screws
Plastic holder
Air Filter
The numbers in Figure 52 on page 137 on page 10 correspond to the numbers in Table
2.
Using a number-2 Phillips screwdriver, loosen the screws (removable self-tap screws, no. 3) on the power supply air filter plastic holder.
3.
Remove the plastic holder of the power supply air filter.
4.
Slide the air filter out of the plastic holder and dispose the air filter.
5.
Locate the up arrow on the replacement filter to ensure that the air filter is right side up.
6.
Slide the new air filter inside the plastic holder.
7.
Tighten the screws on the power supply air filter plastic holder, and secure it in the power supply unit.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
137
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
138 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
PART 4
Appendixes
•
Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information on page 141
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Guidelines, Requirements, and
•
Cable and Wire Guidelines for the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware on page 191
•
Contacting Customer Support and Returning the SRX1400 Services Gateway
•
Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Hardware Components on SRX1400 Services
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
139
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
140 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
APPENDIX A
Safety and Regulatory Compliance
Information
This appendix includes the following topics:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Definition of Safety Warning Levels on page 141
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
Additional SRX1400 Services Gateway Warnings on page 144
•
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Fire Safety Requirements and Fire Suppression
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Installation Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 149
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 155
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 165
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Agency Approvals on page 176
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements on page 177
SRX1400 Services Gateway Definition of Safety Warning Levels
This guide uses the following levels of safety warnings:
NOTE: You might find this information helpful in a particular situation or might otherwise overlook it.
CAUTION: You need to observe the specified guidelines to avoid minor injury or discomfort to you or severe damage to the services gateway.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
141
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
142
WARNING: This symbol alerts you to the risk of personal injury from a laser.
WARNING: This symbol means danger. You are in a situation that could cause bodily injury. Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents.
Waarschuwing Dit waarschuwingssymbool betekent gevaar. U verkeert in een situatie die lichamelijk letsel kan veroorzaken. Voordat u aan enige apparatuur gaat werken, dient u zich bewust te zijn van de bij elektrische schakelingen betrokken risico's en dient u op de hoogte te zijn van standaard maatregelen om ongelukken te voorkomen.
Varoitus Tämä varoitusmerkki merkitsee vaaraa. Olet tilanteessa, joka voi johtaa ruumiinvammaan. Ennen kuin työskentelet minkään laitteiston parissa, ota selvää sähkökytkentöihin liittyvistä vaaroista ja tavanomaisista onnettomuuksien ehkäisykeinoista.
Attention Ce symbole d'avertissement indique un danger. Vous vous trouvez dans une situation pouvant causer des blessures ou des dommages corporels.
Avant de travailler sur un équipement, soyez conscient des dangers posés par les circuits électriques et familiarisez-vous avec les procédures couramment utilisées pour éviter les accidents.
Warnung Dieses Warnsymbol bedeutet Gefahr. Sie befinden sich in einer
Situation, die zu einer Körperverletzung führen könnte. Bevor Sie mit der
Arbeit an irgendeinem Gerät beginnen, seien Sie sich der mit elektrischen
Stromkreisen verbundenen Gefahren und der Standardpraktiken zur
Vermeidung von Unfällen bewußt.
Avvertenza Questo simbolo di avvertenza indica un pericolo. La situazione potrebbe causare infortuni alle persone. Prima di lavorare su qualsiasi apparecchiatura, occorre conoscere i pericoli relativi ai circuiti elettrici ed essere al corrente delle pratiche standard per la prevenzione di incidenti.
Advarsel Dette varselsymbolet betyr fare. Du befinner deg i en situasjon som kan føre til personskade. Før du utfører arbeid på utstyr, må du vare oppmerksom på de faremomentene som elektriske kretser innebærer, samt gjøre deg kjent med vanlig praksis når det gjelder å unngå ulykker.
Aviso Este símbolo de aviso indica perigo. Encontra-se numa situação que lhe poderá causar danos físicos. Antes de começar a trabalhar com qualquer equipamento, familiarize-se com os perigos relacionados com circuitos eléctricos, e com quaisquer práticas comuns que possam prevenir possíveis acidentes.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
¡Atención! Este símbolo de aviso significa peligro. Existe riesgo para su integridad física. Antes de manipular cualquier equipo, considerar los riesgos que entraña la corriente eléctrica y familiarizarse con los procedimientos estándar de prevención de accidentes.
Varning! Denna varningssymbol signalerar fara. Du befinner dig i en situation som kan leda till personskada. Innan du utför arbete på någon utrustning måste du vara medveten om farorna med elkretsar och känna till vanligt förfarande för att förebygga skador.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
Qualified Personnel Warning on page 144
•
Restricted Access Area Warning on page 145
•
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 147
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings
The following guidelines help ensure your safety and protect the services gateway from damage. The list of guidelines might not address all potentially hazardous situations in your working environment, so be alert and exercise good judgment at all times.
•
Perform only the procedures explicitly described in this guide. Make sure that only authorized service personnel perform other system services.
• Keep the area around the chassis clear and free from dust before, during, and after installation.
•
Keep tools away from areas where people could trip on them.
• Do not wear loose clothing or jewelry, such as rings, bracelets, or chains, which could become caught in the chassis.
•
Wear safety glasses if you are working under any conditions that could be hazardous to your eyes.
• Do not perform any actions that create a potential hazard to people or that make the equipment unsafe.
•
Never attempt to lift an object that is too heavy for one person to handle.
•
Never install or manipulate wiring during electrical storms.
• Never install electrical jacks in wet locations unless the jacks are specifically designed for wet environments.
•
Operate the services gateway only when it is properly grounded.
•
Do not open or remove chassis covers or sheet metal parts unless instructions are provided in this guide. Such an action could cause severe electrical shock.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
143
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Do not push or force any objects through any opening in the chassis frame. Such an action could result in electrical shock or fire.
• Avoid spilling liquid onto the services gateway chassis or onto any services gateway component. Such an action could cause electrical shock or could damage the services gateway.
• Avoid touching uninsulated electrical wires or terminals that have not been disconnected from their power source. Such an action could cause electrical shock.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Definition of Safety Warning Levels on page 141
•
Qualified Personnel Warning on page 144
•
Restricted Access Area Warning on page 145
•
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 147
Additional SRX1400 Services Gateway Warnings
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Qualified Personnel Warning on page 144
•
Restricted Access Area Warning on page 145
Qualified Personnel Warning
WARNING: Only trained and qualified personnel should install or replace the services gateway.
Waarschuwing Installatie en reparaties mogen uitsluitend door getraind en bevoegd personeel uitgevoerd worden.
Varoitus Ainoastaan koulutettu ja pätevä henkilökunta saa asentaa tai vaihtaa tämän laitteen.
Attention Tout installation ou remplacement de l'appareil doit être réalisé par du personnel qualifié et compétent.
Warnung Gerät nur von geschultem, qualifiziertem Personal installieren oder auswechseln lassen.
Avvertenza Solo personale addestrato e qualificato deve essere autorizzato ad installare o sostituire questo apparecchio.
Advarsel Kun kvalifisert personell med riktig opplæring bør montere eller bytte ut dette utstyret.
Aviso Este equipamento deverá ser instalado ou substituído apenas por pessoal devidamente treinado e qualificado.
144 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
¡Atención! Estos equipos deben ser instalados y reemplazados exclusivamente por personal técnico adecuadamente preparado y capacitado.
Varning! Denna utrustning ska endast installeras och bytas ut av utbildad och kvalificerad personal.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Definition of Safety Warning Levels on page 141
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
Restricted Access Area Warning on page 145
•
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 147
Restricted Access Area Warning
WARNING: The services gateway is intended for installation in restricted access areas. A restricted access area is an area to which access can be gained only by service personnel through the use of a special tool, lock and key, or other means of security, and which is controlled by the authority responsible for the location.
Waarschuwing Dit toestel is bedoeld voor installatie op plaatsen met beperkte toegang. Een plaats met beperkte toegang is een plaats waar toegang slechts door servicepersoneel verkregen kan worden door middel van een speciaal instrument, een slot en sleutel, of een ander veiligheidsmiddel, en welke beheerd wordt door de overheidsinstantie die verantwoordelijk is voor de locatie.
Varoitus Tämä laite on tarkoitettu asennettavaksi paikkaan, johon pääsy on rajoitettua. Paikka, johon pääsy on rajoitettua, tarkoittaa paikkaa, johon vain huoltohenkilöstö pääsee jonkin erikoistyökalun, lukkoon sopivan avaimen tai jonkin muun turvalaitteen avulla ja joka on paikasta vastuussa olevien toimivaltaisten henkilöiden valvoma.
Attention Cet appareil est à installer dans des zones d'accès réservé. Ces dernières sont des zones auxquelles seul le personnel de service peut accéder en utilisant un outil spécial, un mécanisme de verrouillage et une clé, ou tout autre moyen de sécurité. L'accès aux zones de sécurité est sous le contrôle de l'autorité responsable de l'emplacement.
Warnung Diese Einheit ist zur Installation in Bereichen mit beschränktem
Zutritt vorgesehen. Ein Bereich mit beschränktem Zutritt ist ein Bereich, zu dem nur Wartungspersonal mit einem Spezialwerkzeugs, Schloß und
Schlüssel oder anderer Sicherheitsvorkehrungen Zugang hat, und der von dem für die Anlage zuständigen Gremium kontrolliert wird.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
145
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Avvertenza Questa unità deve essere installata in un'area ad accesso limitato.
Un'area ad accesso limitato è un'area accessibile solo a personale di assistenza tramite un'attrezzo speciale, lucchetto, o altri dispositivi di sicurezza, ed è controllata dall'autorità responsabile della zona.
Advarsel Denne enheten er laget for installasjon i områder med begrenset adgang. Et område med begrenset adgang gir kun adgang til servicepersonale som bruker et spesielt verktøy, lås og nøkkel, eller en annen sikkerhetsanordning, og det kontrolleres av den autoriteten som er ansvarlig for området.
Aviso Esta unidade foi concebida para instalação em áreas de acesso restrito.
Uma área de acesso restrito é uma área à qual apenas tem acesso o pessoal de serviço autorizado, que possua uma ferramenta, chave e fechadura especial, ou qualquer outra forma de segurança. Esta área é controlada pela autoridade responsável pelo local.
¡Atención! Esta unidad ha sido diseñada para instalarse en áreas de acceso restringido. Área de acceso restringido significa un área a la que solamente tiene acceso el personal de servicio mediante la utilización de una herramienta especial, cerradura con llave, o algún otro medio de seguridad, y que está bajo el control de la autoridad responsable del local.
Varning! Denna enhet är avsedd för installation i områden med begränsat tillträde. Ett område med begränsat tillträde får endast tillträdas av servicepersonal med ett speciellt verktyg, lås och nyckel, eller annan säkerhetsanordning, och kontrolleras av den auktoritet som ansvarar för området.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Definition of Safety Warning Levels on page 141
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
Qualified Personnel Warning on page 144
•
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 147
146 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Many services gateway hardware components are sensitive to damage from static electricity. Some components can be impaired by voltages as low as 30 V. You can easily generate potentially damaging static voltages whenever you handle plastic or foam packing material or if you move components across plastic or carpets. Observe the following guidelines to minimize the potential for electrostatic discharge (ESD) damage, which can cause intermittent or complete component failures:
•
Always use an ESD wrist strap or ankle strap, and verify that it is in direct contact with your skin.
CAUTION: For safety, periodically check the resistance value of the ESD strap. The measurement should be in the range of 1 to 10 megaohms.
•
When handling any component that is removed from the chassis, verify that the equipment end of your ESD strap is attached to the ESD point on the chassis, which
are shown in Figure 53 on page 147.
Figure 53: ESD Point on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
• Avoid contact between the component and your clothing. ESD voltages emitted from clothing can still damage components.
•
When removing or installing a component, always place it component-side up on an
packing it.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
147
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Figure 54: Placing a Component into an Electrostatic Bag
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Definition of Safety Warning Levels on page 141
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Fire Safety Requirements and Fire Suppression Equipment on page 148
SRX1400 Services Gateway Fire Safety Requirements and Fire Suppression Equipment
In the event of a fire emergency involving devices and other network equipment, the safety of people is the primary concern. Establish procedures for protecting people in the event of a fire emergency, provide safety training, and properly provision fire control equipment and fire extinguishers.
In addition, establish procedures to protect your equipment in the event of a fire emergency. Juniper Networks products should be installed in an environment suitable for electronic equipment. We recommend that fire suppression equipment be available in the event of a fire in the vicinity of the equipment and that all local fire, safety, and electrical codes and ordinances be observed when installing and operating your equipment.
In the event of an electrical hazard or an electrical fire, first turn power off to the equipment at the source. Then use a Type C fire extinguisher to extinguish the fire. Type C fire extinguishers, which use noncorrosive fire retardants such as carbon dioxide (CO
2
) and
Halotron, are most effective for suppressing electrical fires. Type C fire extinguishers displace the oxygen from the point of combustion to eliminate the fire. For extinguishing fire on or around equipment that draws air from the environment for cooling, use this type of inert oxygen displacement extinguisher instead of an extinguisher that leave residues on equipment.
Do not use multipurpose Type ABC chemical fire extinguishers (dry chemical fire extinguishers) near Juniper Networks equipment. The primary ingredient in these fire extinguishers is monoammonium phosphate, which is very sticky and difficult to clean.
In addition, in minute amounts of moisture, monoammonium phosphate can become highly corrosive and corrodes most metals.
148 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Any equipment in a room in which a chemical fire extinguisher has been discharged is subject to premature failure and unreliable operation. The equipment is considered to be irreparably damaged.
NOTE: To keep warranties effective, do not use a dry chemical fire extinguisher to control a fire at or near a Juniper Networks services gateway. If a dry chemical fire extinguisher is used, the unit is no longer eligible for coverage under a service agreement.
We recommend that you dispose of any irreparably damaged equipment in an environmentally responsible manner.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Definition of Safety Warning Levels on page 141
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
Preventing Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 147
SRX1400 Services Gateway Installation Safety Guidelines and Warnings
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Chassis Lifting Guidelines on page 149
•
Installation Instructions Warning on page 150
•
Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings on page 151
•
Chassis Lifting Guidelines
The weight of a fully configured chassis is about 42.54 lb (19.3 kg). Observe the following guidelines for lifting and moving the services gateway:
• Before moving the services gateway, read the guidelines in the following topics to verify that the intended site meets the specified power, environmental, and clearance requirements:
•
Site Preparation Checklist for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 41
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Cabinet Requirements on page 43
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Requirements on page 43
•
Clearance Requirements for Airflow and Hardware Maintenance of the SRX1400
•
Power Requirements for DC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways on page 183
•
Before lifting or moving the services gateway, disconnect all external cables.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
149
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
As when lifting any heavy object, lift most of the weight with your legs rather than your back. Keep your knees bent and your back relatively straight and avoid twisting your body as you lift. Balance the load evenly and be sure that your footing is solid.
•
Do not attempt to lift the chassis by the handles on the power supplies or on the common form-factor modules (CFMs). The handles may break off causing the chassis to fall and inflict injury.
Related
Documentation
•
Installation Instructions Warning on page 150
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings on page 151
•
Installation Instructions Warning
WARNING: Read the installation instructions before you connect the services gateway to a power source.
Waarschuwing Raadpleeg de installatie-aanwijzingen voordat u het systeem met de voeding verbindt.
Varoitus Lue asennusohjeet ennen järjestelmän yhdistämistä virtalähteeseen.
Attention Avant de brancher le système sur la source d'alimentation, consulter les directives d'installation.
Warnung Lesen Sie die Installationsanweisungen, bevor Sie das System an die Stromquelle anschließen.
Avvertenza Consultare le istruzioni di installazione prima di collegare il sistema all'alimentatore.
Advarsel Les installasjonsinstruksjonene før systemet kobles til strømkilden.
Aviso Leia as instruções de instalação antes de ligar o sistema à sua fonte de energia.
¡Atención! Ver las instrucciones de instalación antes de conectar el sistema a la red de alimentación.
Varning! Läs installationsanvisningarna innan du kopplar systemet till dess strömförsörjningsenhet.
Related
Documentation
•
Chassis Lifting Guidelines on page 149
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings on page 151
150 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
•
Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings
Ensure that the equipment rack into which the services gateway is installed is evenly and securely supported to avoid the hazardous condition that could result from uneven mechanical loading.
WARNING: To prevent bodily injury when mounting or servicing the services gateway in a rack, take the following precautions to ensure that the system remains stable. The following directives help maintain your safety:
•
The services gateway must be installed into a rack that is secured to the building structure.
•
The services gateway should be mounted at the bottom of the rack if it is the only unit in the rack.
•
When mounting the services gateway in a partially filled rack, load the rack from the bottom to the top with the heaviest component at the bottom of the rack.
•
If the rack is provided with stabilizing devices, install the stabilizers before mounting or servicing the services gateway in the rack.
Waarschuwing Om lichamelijk letsel te voorkomen wanneer u dit toestel in een rek monteert of het daar een servicebeurt geeft, moet u speciale voorzorgsmaatregelen nemen om ervoor te zorgen dat het toestel stabiel blijft. De onderstaande richtlijnen worden verstrekt om uw veiligheid te verzekeren:
•
De Juniper Networks services gateway moet in een stellage worden geïnstalleerd die aan een bouwsel is verankerd.
•
Dit toestel dient onderaan in het rek gemonteerd te worden als het toestel het enige in het rek is.
•
Wanneer u dit toestel in een gedeeltelijk gevuld rek monteert, dient u het rek van onderen naar boven te laden met het zwaarste onderdeel onderaan in het rek.
•
Als het rek voorzien is van stabiliseringshulpmiddelen, dient u de stabilisatoren te monteren voordat u het toestel in het rek monteert of het daar een servicebeurt geeft.
Varoitus Kun laite asetetaan telineeseen tai huolletaan sen ollessa telineessä, on noudatettava erityisiä varotoimia järjestelmän vakavuuden säilyttämiseksi, jotta vältytään loukkaantumiselta. Noudata seuraavia turvallisuusohjeita:
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
151
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Juniper Networks services gateway on asennettava telineeseen, joka on kiinnitetty rakennukseen.
•
Jos telineessä ei ole muita laitteita, aseta laite telineen alaosaan.
•
Jos laite asetetaan osaksi täytettyyn telineeseen, aloita kuormittaminen sen alaosasta kaikkein raskaimmalla esineellä ja siirry sitten sen yläosaan.
•
Jos telinettä varten on vakaimet, asenna ne ennen laitteen asettamista telineeseen tai sen huoltamista siinä.
Attention Pour éviter toute blessure corporelle pendant les opérations de montage ou de réparation de cette unité en casier, il convient de prendre des précautions spéciales afin de maintenir la stabilité du système. Les directives ci-dessous sont destinées à assurer la protection du personnel:
•
Le rack sur lequel est monté le Juniper Networks services gateway doit être fixé à la structure du bâtiment.
•
Si cette unité constitue la seule unité montée en casier, elle doit être placée dans le bas.
•
Si cette unité est montée dans un casier partiellement rempli, charger le casier de bas en haut en plaçant l'élément le plus lourd dans le bas.
•
Si le casier est équipé de dispositifs stabilisateurs, installer les stabilisateurs avant de monter ou de réparer l'unité en casier.
Warnung Zur Vermeidung von Körperverletzung beim Anbringen oder Warten dieser Einheit in einem Gestell müssen Sie besondere Vorkehrungen treffen, um sicherzustellen, daß das System stabil bleibt. Die folgenden Richtlinien sollen zur Gewährleistung Ihrer Sicherheit dienen:
•
Der Juniper Networks services gateway muß in einem Gestell installiert werden, das in der Gebäudestruktur verankert ist.
•
Wenn diese Einheit die einzige im Gestell ist, sollte sie unten im Gestell angebracht werden.
•
Bei Anbringung dieser Einheit in einem zum Teil gefüllten Gestell ist das
Gestell von unten nach oben zu laden, wobei das schwerste Bauteil unten im Gestell anzubringen ist.
•
Wird das Gestell mit Stabilisierungszubehör geliefert, sind zuerst die
Stabilisatoren zu installieren, bevor Sie die Einheit im Gestell anbringen oder sie warten.
Avvertenza Per evitare infortuni fisici durante il montaggio o la manutenzione di questa unità in un supporto, occorre osservare speciali precauzioni per garantire che il sistema rimanga stabile. Le seguenti direttive vengono fornite per garantire la sicurezza personale:
152 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
•
Il Juniper Networks services gateway deve essere installato in un telaio, il quale deve essere fissato alla struttura dell'edificio.
•
Questa unità deve venire montata sul fondo del supporto, se si tratta dell'unica unità da montare nel supporto.
•
Quando questa unità viene montata in un supporto parzialmente pieno, caricare il supporto dal basso all'alto, con il componente più pesante sistemato sul fondo del supporto.
•
Se il supporto è dotato di dispositivi stabilizzanti, installare tali dispositivi prima di montare o di procedere alla manutenzione dell'unità nel supporto.
Advarsel Unngå fysiske skader under montering eller reparasjonsarbeid på denne enheten når den befinner seg i et kabinett. Vær nøye med at systemet er stabilt. Følgende retningslinjer er gitt for å verne om sikkerheten:
•
Juniper Networks services gateway må installeres i et stativ som er forankret til bygningsstrukturen.
•
Denne enheten bør monteres nederst i kabinettet hvis dette er den eneste enheten i kabinettet.
•
Ved montering av denne enheten i et kabinett som er delvis fylt, skal kabinettet lastes fra bunnen og opp med den tyngste komponenten nederst i kabinettet.
•
Hvis kabinettet er utstyrt med stabiliseringsutstyr, skal stabilisatorene installeres før montering eller utføring av reparasjonsarbeid på enheten i kabinettet.
Aviso Para se prevenir contra danos corporais ao montar ou reparar esta unidade numa estante, deverá tomar precauções especiais para se certificar de que o sistema possui um suporte estável. As seguintes directrizes ajudá-lo-ão a efectuar o seu trabalho com segurança:
•
O Juniper Networks services gateway deverá ser instalado numa prateleira fixa à estrutura do edificio.
•
Esta unidade deverá ser montada na parte inferior da estante, caso seja esta a única unidade a ser montada.
•
Ao montar esta unidade numa estante parcialmente ocupada, coloque os itens mais pesados na parte inferior da estante, arrumando-os de baixo para cima.
•
Se a estante possuir um dispositivo de estabilização, instale-o antes de montar ou reparar a unidade.
¡Atención! Para evitar lesiones durante el montaje de este equipo sobre un bastidor, o posteriormente durante su mantenimiento, se debe poner mucho cuidado en que el sistema quede bien estable. Para garantizar su seguridad, proceda según las siguientes instrucciones:
153
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
El Juniper Networks services gateway debe instalarse en un bastidor fijado a la estructura del edificio.
•
Colocar el equipo en la parte inferior del bastidor, cuando sea la única unidad en el mismo.
•
Cuando este equipo se vaya a instalar en un bastidor parcialmente ocupado, comenzar la instalación desde la parte inferior hacia la superior colocando el equipo más pesado en la parte inferior.
•
Si el bastidor dispone de dispositivos estabilizadores, instalar éstos antes de montar o proceder al mantenimiento del equipo instalado en el bastidor.
Varning! För att undvika kroppsskada när du installerar eller utför underhållsarbete på denna enhet på en ställning måste du vidta särskilda försiktighetsåtgärder för att försäkra dig om att systemet står stadigt. Följande riktlinjer ges för att trygga din säkerhet:
•
Juniper Networks services gateway måste installeras i en ställning som är förankrad i byggnadens struktur.
•
Om denna enhet är den enda enheten på ställningen skall den installeras längst ned på ställningen.
•
Om denna enhet installeras på en delvis fylld ställning skall ställningen fyllas nedifrån och upp, med de tyngsta enheterna längst ned på ställningen.
•
Om ställningen är försedd med stabiliseringsdon skall dessa monteras fast innan enheten installeras eller underhålls på ställningen.
Related
Documentation
•
Chassis Lifting Guidelines on page 149
•
Installation Instructions Warning on page 150
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
Ramp Warning
WARNING: When installing the services gateway, do not use a ramp inclined at more than 10 degrees.
Waarschuwing Gebruik een oprijplaat niet onder een hoek van meer dan 10 graden.
Varoitus Älä käytä sellaista kaltevaa pintaa, jonka kaltevuus ylittää 10 astetta.
Attention Ne pas utiliser une rampe dont l'inclinaison est supérieure à 10 degrés.
154 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Warnung Keine Rampen mit einer Neigung von mehr als 10 Grad verwenden.
Avvertenza Non usare una rampa con pendenza superiore a 10 gradi.
Advarsel Bruk aldri en rampe som heller mer enn 10 grader.
Aviso Não utilize uma rampa com uma inclinação superior a 10 graus.
¡Atención! No usar una rampa inclinada más de 10 grados
Varning! Använd inte ramp med en lutning på mer än 10 grader.
Related
Documentation
•
Chassis Lifting Guidelines on page 149
•
Installation Instructions Warning on page 150
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
•
Rack-Mounting Requirements and Warnings on page 151
SRX1400 Services Gateway Laser and LED Safety Guidelines and Warnings
This topic includes the following sections:
•
General Laser Safety Guidelines on page 155
•
Class 1 Laser Product Warning on page 156
•
Class 1 LED Product Warning on page 156
•
Laser Beam Warning on page 157
•
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning on page 158
General Laser Safety Guidelines
When working around the services gateway, observe the following safety guidelines to prevent eye injury:
•
Do not look into unterminated ports or at fibers that connect to unknown sources.
•
Do not examine unterminated optical ports with optical instruments.
•
Avoid direct exposure to the beam.
WARNING: Unterminated optical connectors can emit invisible laser radiation. The lens in the human eye focuses all the laser power on the retina, so focusing the eye directly on a laser source—even a low-power laser—could permanently damage the eye.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
155
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Related
Documentation
•
Class 1 Laser Product Warning on page 156
•
Class 1 LED Product Warning on page 156
•
Laser Beam Warning on page 157
•
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning on page 158
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
Class 1 Laser Product Warning
WARNING: Class 1 laser product.
Waarschuwing Klasse-1 laser produkt.
Varoitus Luokan 1 lasertuote.
Attention Produit laser de classe I.
Warnung Laserprodukt der Klasse 1.
Avvertenza Prodotto laser di Classe 1.
Advarsel Laserprodukt av klasse 1.
Aviso Produto laser de classe 1.
¡Atención! Producto láser Clase I.
Varning! Laserprodukt av klass 1.
Related
Documentation
•
General Laser Safety Guidelines on page 155
•
Class 1 LED Product Warning on page 156
•
Laser Beam Warning on page 157
•
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning on page 158
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
Class 1 LED Product Warning
WARNING: Class 1 LED product.
Waarschuwing Klasse 1 LED-product.
Varoitus Luokan 1 valodiodituote.
Attention Alarme de produit LED Class I.
156 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Warnung Class 1 LED-Produktwarnung.
Avvertenza Avvertenza prodotto LED di Classe 1.
Advarsel LED-produkt i klasse 1.
Aviso Produto de classe 1 com LED.
¡Atención! Aviso sobre producto LED de Clase 1.
Varning! Lysdiodprodukt av klass 1.
Related
Documentation
•
General Laser Safety Guidelines on page 155
•
Class 1 Laser Product Warning on page 156
•
Laser Beam Warning on page 157
•
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning on page 158
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
Laser Beam Warning
WARNING: Do not stare into the laser beam or view it directly with optical instruments.
Waarschuwing Niet in de straal staren of hem rechtstreeks bekijken met optische instrumenten.
Varoitus Älä katso säteeseen äläkä tarkastele sitä suoraan optisen laitteen avulla.
Attention Ne pas fixer le faisceau des yeux, ni l'observer directement à l'aide d'instruments optiques.
Warnung Nicht direkt in den Strahl blicken und ihn nicht direkt mit optischen
Geräten prüfen.
Avvertenza Non fissare il raggio con gli occhi né usare strumenti ottici per osservarlo direttamente.
Advarsel Stirr eller se ikke direkte p strlen med optiske instrumenter.
Aviso Não olhe fixamente para o raio, nem olhe para ele directamente com instrumentos ópticos.
¡Atención! No mirar fijamente el haz ni observarlo directamente con instrumentos ópticos.
Varning! Rikta inte blicken in mot strålen och titta inte direkt på den genom optiska instrument.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
157
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Related
Documentation
•
General Laser Safety Guidelines on page 155
•
Class 1 Laser Product Warning on page 156
•
Class 1 LED Product Warning on page 156
•
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning on page 158
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
Radiation from Open Port Apertures Warning
WARNING: Because invisible radiation may be emitted from the aperture of the port when no fiber cable is connected, avoid exposure to radiation and do not stare into open apertures.
Waarschuwing Aangezien onzichtbare straling vanuit de opening van de poort kan komen als er geen fiberkabel aangesloten is, dient blootstelling aan straling en het kijken in open openingen vermeden te worden.
Varoitus Koska portin aukosta voi emittoitua näkymätöntä säteilyä, kun kuitukaapelia ei ole kytkettynä, vältä säteilylle altistumista äläkä katso avoimiin aukkoihin.
Attention Des radiations invisibles à l'il nu pouvant traverser l'ouverture du port lorsqu'aucun câble en fibre optique n'y est connecté, il est recommandé de ne pas regarder fixement l'intérieur de ces ouvertures.
Warnung Aus der Port-Öffnung können unsichtbare Strahlen emittieren, wenn kein Glasfaserkabel angeschlossen ist. Vermeiden Sie es, sich den
Strahlungen auszusetzen, und starren Sie nicht in die Öffnungen!
Avvertenza Quando i cavi in fibra non sono inseriti, radiazioni invisibili possono essere emesse attraverso l'apertura della porta. Evitate di esporvi alle radiazioni e non guardate direttamente nelle aperture.
Advarsel Unngå utsettelse for stråling, og stirr ikke inn i åpninger som er åpne, fordi usynlig stråling kan emiteres fra portens åpning når det ikke er tilkoblet en fiberkabel.
Aviso Dada a possibilidade de emissão de radiação invisível através do orifício da via de acesso, quando esta não tiver nenhum cabo de fibra conectado, deverá evitar a exposição à radiação e não deverá olhar fixamente para orifícios que se encontrarem a descoberto.
¡Atención! Debido a que la apertura del puerto puede emitir radiación invisible cuando no existe un cable de fibra conectado, evite mirar directamente a las aperturas para no exponerse a la radiación.
Varning! Osynlig strålning kan avges från en portöppning utan ansluten fiberkabel och du bör därför undvika att bli utsatt för strålning genom att inte stirra in i oskyddade öppningar.
158 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Related
Documentation
•
General Laser Safety Guidelines on page 155
•
Class 1 Laser Product Warning on page 156
•
Class 1 LED Product Warning on page 156
•
Laser Beam Warning on page 157
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
SRX1400 Services Gateway Maintenance and Operational Safety Guidelines and
Warnings
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Battery Handling Warning on page 159
•
Jewelry Removal Warning on page 160
•
Lightning Activity Warning on page 162
•
Operating Temperature Warning on page 162
•
Product Disposal Warning on page 164
Battery Handling Warning
WARNING: Replacing the battery incorrectly might result in an explosion.
Replace the battery only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer's instructions.
Waarschuwing Er is ontploffingsgevaar als de batterij verkeerd vervangen wordt. Vervang de batterij slechts met hetzelfde of een equivalent type dat door de fabrikant aanbevolen is. Gebruikte batterijen dienen overeenkomstig fabrieksvoorschriften weggeworpen te worden.
Varoitus Räjähdyksen vaara, jos akku on vaihdettu väärään akkuun. Käytä vaihtamiseen ainoastaan saman- tai vastaavantyyppistä akkua, joka on valmistajan suosittelema. Hävitä käytetyt akut valmistajan ohjeiden mukaan.
Attention Danger d'explosion si la pile n'est pas remplacée correctement.
Ne la remplacer que par une pile de type semblable ou équivalent, recommandée par le fabricant. Jeter les piles usagées conformément aux instructions du fabricant.
Warnung Bei Einsetzen einer falschen Batterie besteht Explosionsgefahr.
Ersetzen Sie die Batterie nur durch den gleichen oder vom Hersteller empfohlenen Batterietyp. Entsorgen Sie die benutzten Batterien nach den
Anweisungen des Herstellers.
Avvertenza Pericolo di esplosione se la batteria non è installata correttamente. Sostituire solo con una di tipo uguale o equivalente, consigliata dal produttore. Eliminare le batterie usate secondo le istruzioni del produttore.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
159
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Advarsel Det kan være fare for eksplosjon hvis batteriet skiftes på feil måte.
Skift kun med samme eller tilsvarende type som er anbefalt av produsenten.
Kasser brukte batterier i henhold til produsentens instruksjoner.
Aviso Existe perigo de explosão se a bateria for substituída incorrectamente.
Substitua a bateria por uma bateria igual ou de um tipo equivalente recomendado pelo fabricante. Destrua as baterias usadas conforme as instruções do fabricante.
¡Atención! Existe peligro de explosión si la batería se reemplaza de manera incorrecta. Reemplazar la batería exclusivamente con el mismo tipo o el equivalente recomendado por el fabricante. Desechar las baterías gastadas según las instrucciones del fabricante.
Varning! Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte. Ersätt endast batteriet med samma batterityp som rekommenderas av tillverkaren eller motsvarande.
Följ tillverkarens anvisningar vid kassering av använda batterier.
Related
Documentation
•
Jewelry Removal Warning on page 160
•
Lightning Activity Warning on page 162
•
Operating Temperature Warning on page 162
•
Product Disposal Warning on page 164
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
Jewelry Removal Warning
WARNING: Before working on equipment that is connected to power lines, remove jewelry, including rings, necklaces, and watches. Metal objects heat up when connected to power and ground and can cause serious burns or weld the metal object to the terminals.
Waarschuwing Alvorens aan apparatuur te werken die met elektrische leidingen is verbonden, sieraden (inclusief ringen, kettingen en horloges) verwijderen. Metalen voorwerpen worden warm wanneer ze met stroom en aarde zijn verbonden, en kunnen ernstige brandwonden veroorzaken of het metalen voorwerp aan de aansluitklemmen lassen.
Varoitus Ennen kuin työskentelet voimavirtajohtoihin kytkettyjen laitteiden parissa, ota pois kaikki korut (sormukset, kaulakorut ja kellot mukaan lukien).
Metalliesineet kuumenevat, kun ne ovat yhteydessä sähkövirran ja maan kanssa, ja ne voivat aiheuttaa vakavia palovammoja tai hitsata metalliesineet kiinni liitäntänapoihin.
Attention Avant d'accéder à cet équipement connecté aux lignes électriques,
ôter tout bijou (anneaux, colliers et montres compris). Lorsqu'ils sont branchés
160 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
à l'alimentation et reliés à la terre, les objets métalliques chauffent, ce qui peut provoquer des blessures graves ou souder l'objet métallique aux bornes.
Warnung Vor der Arbeit an Geräten, die an das Netz angeschlossen sind, jeglichen Schmuck (einschließlich Ringe, Ketten und Uhren) abnehmen.
Metallgegenstände erhitzen sich, wenn sie an das Netz und die Erde angeschlossen werden, und können schwere Verbrennungen verursachen oder an die Anschlußklemmen angeschweißt werden.
Avvertenza Prima di intervenire su apparecchiature collegate alle linee di alimentazione, togliersi qualsiasi monile (inclusi anelli, collane, braccialetti ed orologi). Gli oggetti metallici si riscaldano quando sono collegati tra punti di alimentazione e massa: possono causare ustioni gravi oppure il metallo può saldarsi ai terminali.
Advarsel Fjern alle smykker (inkludert ringer, halskjeder og klokker) før du skal arbeide på utstyr som er koblet til kraftledninger. Metallgjenstander som er koblet til kraftledninger og jord blir svært varme og kan forårsake alvorlige brannskader eller smelte fast til polene.
Aviso Antes de trabalhar em equipamento que esteja ligado a linhas de corrente, retire todas as jóias que estiver a usar (incluindo anéis, fios e relógios). Os objectos metálicos aquecerão em contacto com a corrente e em contacto com a ligação à terra, podendo causar queimaduras graves ou ficarem soldados aos terminais.
¡Atención! Antes de operar sobre equipos conectados a líneas de alimentación, quitarse las joyas (incluidos anillos, collares y relojes). Los objetos de metal se calientan cuando se conectan a la alimentación y a tierra, lo que puede ocasionar quemaduras graves o que los objetos metálicos queden soldados a los bornes.
Varning! Tag av alla smycken (inklusive ringar, halsband och armbandsur) innan du arbetar på utrustning som är kopplad till kraftledningar. Metallobjekt hettas upp när de kopplas ihop med ström och jord och kan förorsaka allvarliga brännskador; metallobjekt kan också sammansvetsas med kontakterna.
Related
Documentation
•
Battery Handling Warning on page 159
•
Lightning Activity Warning on page 162
•
Operating Temperature Warning on page 162
•
Product Disposal Warning on page 164
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
161
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Lightning Activity Warning
WARNING: Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods of lightning activity.
Waarschuwing Tijdens onweer dat gepaard gaat met bliksem, dient u niet aan het systeem te werken of kabels aan te sluiten of te ontkoppelen.
Varoitus Älä työskentele järjestelmän parissa äläkä yhdistä tai irrota kaapeleita ukkosilmalla.
Attention Ne pas travailler sur le système ni brancher ou débrancher les câbles pendant un orage.
Warnung Arbeiten Sie nicht am System und schließen Sie keine Kabel an bzw. trennen Sie keine ab, wenn es gewittert.
Avvertenza Non lavorare sul sistema o collegare oppure scollegare i cavi durante un temporale con fulmini.
Advarsel Utfør aldri arbeid på systemet, eller koble kabler til eller fra systemet når det tordner eller lyner.
Aviso Não trabalhe no sistema ou ligue e desligue cabos durante períodos de mau tempo (trovoada).
¡Atención! No operar el sistema ni conectar o desconectar cables durante el transcurso de descargas eléctricas en la atmósfera.
Varning! Vid åska skall du aldrig utföra arbete på systemet eller ansluta eller koppla loss kablar.
Related
Documentation
•
Battery Handling Warning on page 159
•
Jewelry Removal Warning on page 160
•
Operating Temperature Warning on page 162
•
Product Disposal Warning on page 164
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
Operating Temperature Warning
WARNING: To prevent the services gateway from overheating, do not operate it in an area that exceeds the maximum recommended ambient temperature of 104°F (40°C). To prevent airflow restriction, allow at least 6 in. (15.2 cm) of clearance around the ventilation openings.
162 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Waarschuwing Om te voorkomen dat welke services gateway van de Juniper
Networks services gateway dan ook oververhit raakt, dient u deze niet te bedienen op een plaats waar de maximale aanbevolen omgevingstemperatuur van 40°C wordt overschreden. Om te voorkomen dat de luchtstroom wordt beperkt, dient er minstens 15,2 cm speling rond de ventilatie-openingen te zijn.
Varoitus Ettei Juniper Networks services gateway-sarjan reititin ylikuumentuisi, sitä ei saa käyttää tilassa, jonka lämpötila ylittää korkeimman suositellun ympäristölämpötilan 40°C. Ettei ilmanvaihto estyisi, tuuletusaukkojen ympärille on jätettävä ainakin 15,2 cm tilaa.
Attention Pour éviter toute surchauffe des routeurs de la gamme Juniper
Networks services gateway, ne l'utilisez pas dans une zone où la température ambiante est supérieure à 40°C. Pour permettre un flot d'air constant, dégagez un espace d'au moins 15,2 cm autour des ouvertures de ventilations.
Warnung Um einen services gateway der services gateway vor Überhitzung zu schützen, darf dieser nicht in einer Gegend betrieben werden, in der die
Umgebungstemperatur das empfohlene Maximum von 40°C überschreitet.
Um Lüftungsverschluß zu verhindern, achten Sie darauf, daß mindestens 15,2 cm lichter Raum um die Lüftungsöffnungen herum frei bleibt.
Avvertenza Per evitare il surriscaldamento dei services gateway, non adoperateli in un locale che ecceda la temperatura ambientale massima di
40°C. Per evitare che la circolazione dell'aria sia impedita, lasciate uno spazio di almeno 15.2 cm di fronte alle aperture delle ventole.
Advarsel Unngå overoppheting av eventuelle rutere i Juniper Networks services gateway Disse skal ikke brukes på steder der den anbefalte maksimale omgivelsestemperaturen overstiger 40°C (104°F). Sørg for at klaringen rundt lufteåpningene er minst 15,2 cm (6 tommer) for å forhindre nedsatt luftsirkulasjon.
Aviso Para evitar o sobreaquecimento do encaminhador Juniper Networks services gateway, não utilize este equipamento numa área que exceda a temperatura máxima recomendada de 40°C. Para evitar a restrição à circulação de ar, deixe pelo menos um espaço de 15,2 cm à volta das aberturas de ventilação.
¡Atención! Para impedir que un encaminador de la serie Juniper Networks services gateway se recaliente, no lo haga funcionar en un área en la que se supere la temperatura ambiente máxima recomendada de 40°C. Para impedir la restricción de la entrada de aire, deje un espacio mínimo de 15,2 cm alrededor de las aperturas para ventilación.
Varning! Förhindra att en Juniper Networks services gateway överhettas genom att inte använda den i ett område där den maximalt rekommenderade omgivningstemperaturen på 40°C överskrids. Förhindra att luftcirkulationen
163
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide inskränks genom att se till att det finns fritt utrymme på minst 15,2 cm omkring ventilationsöppningarna.
Related
Documentation
•
Battery Handling Warning on page 159
•
Jewelry Removal Warning on page 160
•
Lightning Activity Warning on page 162
•
Product Disposal Warning on page 164
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
Product Disposal Warning
WARNING: Disposal of this product must be handled according to all national laws and regulations.
Waarschuwing Dit produkt dient volgens alle landelijke wetten en voorschriften te worden afgedankt.
Varoitus Tämän tuotteen lopullisesta hävittämisestä tulee huolehtia kaikkia valtakunnallisia lakeja ja säännöksiä noudattaen.
Attention La mise au rebut définitive de ce produit doit être effectuée conformément à toutes les lois et réglementations en vigueur.
Warnung Dieses Produkt muß den geltenden Gesetzen und Vorschriften entsprechend entsorgt werden.
Avvertenza L'eliminazione finale di questo prodotto deve essere eseguita osservando le normative italiane vigenti in materia
Advarsel Endelig disponering av dette produktet må skje i henhold til nasjonale lover og forskrifter.
Aviso A descartagem final deste produto deverá ser efectuada de acordo com os regulamentos e a legislação nacional.
¡Atención! El desecho final de este producto debe realizarse según todas las leyes y regulaciones nacionales
Varning! Slutlig kassering av denna produkt bör skötas i enlighet med landets alla lagar och föreskrifter.
Related
Documentation
•
Battery Handling Warning on page 159
•
Jewelry Removal Warning on page 160
164 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
•
Lightning Activity Warning on page 162
•
Operating Temperature Warning on page 162
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings
This topic includes the following sections:
•
In Case of Electrical Accident on page 165
•
General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 165
•
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 170
In Case of Electrical Accident
If an electrical accident results in an injury, take the following actions in this order:
1.
Use caution. Be aware of potentially hazardous conditions that could cause further injury.
2.
Disconnect power from the services gateway.
3.
If possible, send another person to get medical aid. Otherwise, assess the condition of the victim, then call for help.
Related
Documentation
•
General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 165
•
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 170
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 165
•
Grounded Equipment Warning on page 166
•
Backplane Energy Hazard Warning on page 167
•
Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning on page 167
•
Power Disconnection Warning on page 168
•
•
Copper Conductors Warning on page 169
Safety Guidelines and Warnings
• Install the services gateway in compliance with the following local, national, or international electrical codes:
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
165
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
166
•
United States—National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 70), United States
National Electrical Code
• Canada—Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1, CSA C22.1
• Other countries—International Electromechanical Commission (IEC) 60364, Part 1 through Part 7
• Evaluated to the TN power system
•
Locate the emergency power-off switch for the room in which you are working so that if an electrical accident occurs, you can quickly turn off the power.
• Do not work alone if potentially hazardous conditions exist anywhere in your workspace.
•
Never assume that power is disconnected from a circuit. Always check the circuit before starting to work.
• Carefully look for possible hazards in your work area, such as moist floors, ungrounded power extension cords, and missing safety grounds.
•
Operate the services gateway within marked electrical ratings and product usage instructions.
• For the services gateway and peripheral equipment to function safely and correctly, use the cables and connectors specified for the attached peripheral equipment, and make certain they are in good condition.
Grounded Equipment Warning
WARNING: The services gateway is intended to be grounded. Ensure that the services gateway is connected to earth ground during normal use.
Waarschuwing Deze apparatuur hoort geaard te worden Zorg dat de host-computer tijdens normaal gebruik met aarde is verbonden.
Varoitus Tämä laitteisto on tarkoitettu maadoitettavaksi. Varmista, että isäntälaite on yhdistetty maahan normaalikäytön aikana.
Attention Cet équipement doit être relié à la terre. S'assurer que l'appareil hôte est relié à la terre lors de l'utilisation normale.
Warnung Dieses Gerät muß geerdet werden. Stellen Sie sicher, daß das
Host-Gerät während des normalen Betriebs an Erde gelegt ist.
Avvertenza Questa apparecchiatura deve essere collegata a massa. Accertarsi che il dispositivo host sia collegato alla massa di terra durante il normale utilizzo.
Advarsel Dette utstyret skal jordes. Forviss deg om vertsterminalen er jordet ved normalt bruk.
Aviso Este equipamento deverá estar ligado à terra. Certifique-se que o host se encontra ligado à terra durante a sua utilização normal.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
¡Atención! Este equipo debe conectarse a tierra. Asegurarse de que el equipo principal esté conectado a tierra durante el uso normal.
Varning! Denna utrustning är avsedd att jordas. Se till att värdenheten är jordad vid normal användning.
Backplane Energy Hazard Warning
WARNING: High levels of electrical energy are distributed across the services gateway backplane. Be careful not to contact the backplane connectors, or any component connected to the backplane, with any metallic object while servicing components installed in the services gateway.
Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning
WARNING: The services gateway has more than one power supply connection.
All connections must be removed completely to remove power from the unit completely.
Waarschuwing Deze eenheid heeft meer dan één stroomtoevoerverbinding; alle verbindingen moeten volledig worden verwijderd om de stroom van deze eenheid volledig te verwijderen.
Varoitus Tässä laitteessa on useampia virtalähdekytkentöjä. Kaikki kytkennät on irrotettava kokonaan, jotta virta poistettaisiin täysin laitteesta.
Attention Cette unité est équipée de plusieurs raccordements d'alimentation.
Pour supprimer tout courant électrique de l'unité, tous les cordons d'alimentation doivent être débranchés.
Warnung Diese Einheit verfügt über mehr als einen Stromanschluß; um Strom gänzlich von der Einheit fernzuhalten, müssen alle Stromzufuhren abgetrennt sein.
Avvertenza Questa unità ha più di una connessione per alimentatore elettrico; tutte le connessioni devono essere completamente rimosse per togliere l'elettricità dall'unità.
Advarsel Denne enheten har mer enn én strømtilkobling. Alle tilkoblinger må kobles helt fra for å eliminere strøm fra enheten.
Aviso Este dispositivo possui mais do que uma conexão de fonte de alimentação de energia; para poder remover a fonte de alimentação de energia, deverão ser desconectadas todas as conexões existentes.
¡Atención! Esta unidad tiene más de una conexión de suministros de alimentación; para eliminar la alimentación por completo, deben desconectarse completamente todas las conexiones.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
167
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Varning! Denna enhet har mer än en strömförsörjningsanslutning; alla anslutningar måste vara helt avlägsnade innan strömtillförseln till enheten
är fullständigt bruten.
Power Disconnection Warning
WARNING: Before working on the services gateway or near power supplies, unplug the power cord from an AC-powered services gateway; switch off the power at the circuit breaker on a DC-powered services gateway.
Waarschuwing Voordat u aan een frame of in de nabijheid van voedingen werkt, dient u bij wisselstroom toestellen de stekker van het netsnoer uit het stopcontact te halen; voor gelijkstroom toestellen dient u de stroom uit te schakelen bij de stroomverbreker.
Varoitus Kytke irti vaihtovirtalaitteiden virtajohto ja katkaise tasavirtalaitteiden virta suojakytkimellä, ennen kuin teet mitään asennuspohjalle tai työskentelet virtalähteiden läheisyydessä.
Attention Avant de travailler sur un châssis ou à proximité d'une alimentation
électrique, débrancher le cordon d'alimentation des unités en courant alternatif; couper l'alimentation des unités en courant continu au niveau du disjoncteur.
Warnung Bevor Sie an einem Chassis oder in der Nähe von Netzgeräten arbeiten, ziehen Sie bei Wechselstromeinheiten das Netzkabel ab bzw.
schalten Sie bei Gleichstromeinheiten den Strom am Unterbrecher ab.
Avvertenza Prima di lavorare su un telaio o intorno ad alimentatori, scollegare il cavo di alimentazione sulle unità CA; scollegare l'alimentazione all'interruttore automatico sulle unità CC.
Advarsel Før det utføres arbeid på kabinettet eller det arbeides i nærheten av strømforsyningsenheter, skal strømledningen trekkes ut p vekselstrømsenheter og strømmen kobles fra ved strømbryteren på likestrømsenheter.
Aviso Antes de trabalhar num chassis, ou antes de trabalhar perto de unidades de fornecimento de energia, desligue o cabo de alimentação nas unidades de corrente alternada; desligue a corrente no disjuntor nas unidades de corrente contínua.
¡Atención! Antes de manipular el chasis de un equipo o trabajar cerca de una fuente de alimentación, desenchufar el cable de alimentación en los equipos de corriente alterna (CA); cortar la alimentación desde el interruptor automático en los equipos de corriente continua (CC).
168 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Varning! Innan du arbetar med ett chassi eller nära strömförsörjningsenheter skall du för växelströmsenheter dra ur nätsladden och för likströmsenheter bryta strömmen vid överspänningsskyddet.
TN Power Warning
WARNING: The services gateway is designed to work with TN power systems.
Waarschuwing Het apparaat is ontworpen om te functioneren met TN energiesystemen.
Varoitus Koje on suunniteltu toimimaan TN-sähkövoimajärjestelmien yhteydessä.
Attention Ce dispositif a été conçu pour fonctionner avec des systèmes d'alimentation TN.
Warnung Das Gerät ist für die Verwendung mit TN-Stromsystemen ausgelegt.
Avvertenza Il dispositivo è stato progettato per l'uso con sistemi di alimentazione TN.
Advarsel Utstyret er utfomet til bruk med TN-strømsystemer.
Aviso O dispositivo foi criado para operar com sistemas de corrente TN.
¡Atención! El equipo está diseñado para trabajar con sistemas de alimentación tipo TN.
Varning! Enheten är konstruerad för användning tillsammans med elkraftssystem av TN-typ.
Copper Conductors Warning
WARNING: Use copper conductors only.
Waarschuwing Gebruik alleen koperen geleiders.
Varoitus Käytä vain kuparijohtimia.
Attention Utilisez uniquement des conducteurs en cuivre.
Warnung Verwenden Sie ausschließlich Kupferleiter.
Avvertenza Usate unicamente dei conduttori di rame.
Advarsel Bruk bare kobberledninger.
Aviso Utilize apenas fios condutores de cobre.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
169
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
¡Atención! Emplee sólo conductores de cobre.
Varning! Använd endast ledare av koppar.
Related
Documentation
•
In Case of Electrical Accident on page 165
•
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 170
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings
When working with DC-powered equipment, observe the following guidelines and warnings:
•
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines on page 170
•
DC Power Disconnection Warning on page 171
•
DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning on page 172
•
DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning on page 173
•
DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning on page 174
DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
The following electrical safety guidelines apply to a DC-powered services gateway:
•
A DC-powered services gateway is equipped with a DC terminal block that is rated for the power requirements of a maximally configured services gateway. To supply sufficient power, terminate the DC input wiring on a facility DC source capable of supplying at least 30 A @ -48 VDC for the system. We recommend that the 48 VDC facility DC source be equipped with a circuit breaker rated at 40 A (-48 VDC) minimum, or as required by local code. Incorporate an easily accessible disconnect device into the facility wiring. In the United States and Canada, the -48 VDC facility should be equipped with a circuit breaker rated a minimum of 125% of the power provisioned for the input in accordance with the National Electrical Code in the US and the Canadian
Electrical Code in Canada. Be sure to connect the ground wire or conduit to a solid office (earth) ground. A closed loop ring is recommended for terminating the ground conductor at the ground stud.
•
Run two wires from the circuit breaker box to a source of 48 VDC. Use appropriate gauge wire to handle up to 40 A.
• A DC-powered services gateway that is equipped with a DC terminal block is intended only for installation in a restricted access location. In the United States, a restricted access area is one in accordance with Articles 110-16, 110-17, and 110-18 of the National
Electrical Code ANSI/NFPA 70.
NOTE: Primary overcurrent protection is provided by the building circuit breaker. This breaker should protect against excess currents, short circuits, and earth faults in accordance with NEC ANSI/NFPA70.
170 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
•
Ensure that the polarity of the DC input wiring is correct. Under certain conditions, connections with reversed polarity might trip the primary circuit breaker or damage the equipment.
•
For personal safety, connect the green and yellow wire to safety (earth) ground at both the services gateway and the supply side of the DC wiring.
• The marked input voltage of -48 VDC for a DC-powered services gateway is the nominal voltage associated with the battery circuit, and any higher voltages are only to be associated with float voltages for the charging function.
•
Because the services gateway is a positive ground system, you must connect the positive lead to the terminal labeled RETURN, the negative lead to the terminal labeled
-48V
, and the earth ground to the chassis grounding points.
DC Power Disconnection Warning
WARNING: Before performing any of the following procedures, ensure that power is removed from the DC circuit. To ensure that all power is off, locate the circuit breaker on the panel board that services the DC circuit, switch the circuit breaker to the OFF position, and tape the switch handle of the circuit breaker in the OFF position.
Waarschuwing Voordat u een van de onderstaande procedures uitvoert, dient u te controleren of de stroom naar het gelijkstroom circuit uitgeschakeld is. Om u ervan te verzekeren dat alle stroom UIT is geschakeld, kiest u op het schakelbord de stroomverbreker die het gelijkstroom circuit bedient, draait de stroomverbreker naar de UIT positie en plakt de schakelaarhendel van de stroomverbreker met plakband in de UIT positie vast.
Varoitus Varmista, että tasavirtapiirissä ei ole virtaa ennen seuraavien toimenpiteiden suorittamista. Varmistaaksesi, että virta on KATKAISTU täysin, paikanna tasavirrasta huolehtivassa kojetaulussa sijaitseva suojakytkin, käännä suojakytkin KATKAISTU-asentoon ja teippaa suojakytkimen varsi niin, että se pysyy KATKAISTU-asennossa.
Attention Avant de pratiquer l'une quelconque des procédures ci-dessous, vérifier que le circuit en courant continu n'est plus sous tension. Pour en être sûr, localiser le disjoncteur situé sur le panneau de service du circuit en courant continu, placer le disjoncteur en position fermée (OFF) et, à l'aide d'un ruban adhésif, bloquer la poignée du disjoncteur en position OFF.
Warnung Vor Ausführung der folgenden Vorgänge ist sicherzustellen, daß die Gleichstromschaltung keinen Strom erhält. Um sicherzustellen, daß sämtlicher Strom abgestellt ist, machen Sie auf der Schalttafel den
Unterbrecher für die Gleichstromschaltung ausfindig, stellen Sie den
Unterbrecher auf AUS, und kleben Sie den Schaltergriff des Unterbrechers mit Klebeband in der AUS-Stellung fest.
Avvertenza Prima di svolgere una qualsiasi delle procedure seguenti, verificare che il circuito CC non sia alimentato. Per verificare che tutta l'alimentazione
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
171
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
172 sia scollegata (OFF), individuare l'interruttore automatico sul quadro strumenti che alimenta il circuito CC, mettere l'interruttore in posizione OFF e fissarlo con nastro adesivo in tale posizione.
Advarsel Før noen av disse prosedyrene utføres, kontroller at strømmen er frakoblet likestrømkretsen. Sørg for at all strøm er slått AV. Dette gjøres ved
å lokalisere strømbryteren på brytertavlen som betjener likestrømkretsen, slå strømbryteren AV og teipe bryterhåndtaket på strømbryteren i AV-stilling.
Aviso Antes de executar um dos seguintes procedimentos, certifique-se que desligou a fonte de alimentação de energia do circuito de corrente contínua.
Para se assegurar que toda a corrente foi DESLIGADA, localize o disjuntor no painel que serve o circuito de corrente contínua e coloque-o na posição OFF
(Desligado), segurando nessa posição a manivela do interruptor do disjuntor com fita isoladora.
¡Atención! Antes de proceder con los siguientes pasos, comprobar que la alimentación del circuito de corriente continua (CC) esté cortada (OFF). Para asegurarse de que toda la alimentación esté cortada (OFF), localizar el interruptor automático en el panel que alimenta al circuito de corriente continua, cambiar el interruptor automático a la posición de Apagado (OFF), y sujetar con cinta la palanca del interruptor automático en posición de
Apagado (OFF).
Varning! Innan du utför någon av följande procedurer måste du kontrollera att strömförsörjningen till likströmskretsen är bruten. Kontrollera att all strömförsörjning är BRUTEN genom att slå AV det överspänningsskydd som skyddar likströmskretsen och tejpa fast överspänningsskyddets omkopplare i FRÅN-läget.
DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning
An insulated grounding conductor that is identical in size to the grounded and ungrounded branch circuit supply conductors, but is identifiable by green and yellow stripes, is installed as part of the branch circuit that supplies the unit. The grounding conductor is a separately derived system at the supply transformer or motor generator set.
WARNING: When installing the services gateway, the ground connection must always be made first and disconnected last.
Waarschuwing Bij de installatie van het toestel moet de aardverbinding altijd het eerste worden gemaakt en het laatste worden losgemaakt.
Varoitus Laitetta asennettaessa on maahan yhdistäminen aina tehtävä ensiksi ja maadoituksen irti kytkeminen viimeiseksi.
Attention Lors de l'installation de l'appareil, la mise à la terre doit toujours
être connectée en premier et déconnectée en dernier.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Warnung Der Erdanschluß muß bei der Installation der Einheit immer zuerst hergestellt und zuletzt abgetrennt werden.
Avvertenza In fase di installazione dell'unità, eseguire sempre per primo il collegamento a massa e disconnetterlo per ultimo.
Advarsel Når enheten installeres, må jordledningen alltid tilkobles først og frakobles sist.
Aviso Ao instalar a unidade, a ligação à terra deverá ser sempre a primeira a ser ligada, e a última a ser desligada.
¡Atención! Al instalar el equipo, conectar la tierra la primera y desconectarla la última.
Varning! Vid installation av enheten måste jordledningen alltid anslutas först och kopplas bort sist.
DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning
WARNING: Wire the DC power supply using the appropriate lugs. When connecting power, the proper wiring sequence is ground to ground, +RTN to
+RTN, then -48 V to -48 V. When disconnecting power, the proper wiring sequence is -48 V to -48 V, +RTN to +RTN, then ground to ground. Note that the ground wire should always be connected first and disconnected last.
Waarschuwing De juiste bedradingsvolgorde verbonden is aarde naar aarde,
+RTN naar +RTN, en -48 V naar – 48 V. De juiste bedradingsvolgorde losgemaakt is en -48 V naar – 48 V, +RTN naar +RTN, aarde naar aarde.
Varoitus Oikea yhdistettava kytkentajarjestys on maajohto maajohtoon,
+RTN varten +RTN, -48 V varten – 48 V. Oikea irrotettava kytkentajarjestys on -48 V varten – 48 V, +RTN varten +RTN, maajohto maajohtoon.
Attention Câblez l'approvisionnement d'alimentation CC En utilisant les crochets appropriés à l'extrémité de câblage. En reliant la puissance, l'ordre approprié de câblage est rectifié pour rectifier, +RTN à +RTN, puis -48 V à
-48 V. En débranchant la puissance, l'ordre approprié de câblage est -48 V
à -48 V, +RTN à +RTN, a alors rectifié pour rectifier. Notez que le fil de masse devrait toujours être relié d'abord et débranché pour la dernière fois. Notez que le fil de masse devrait toujours être relié d'abord et débranché pour la dernière fois.
Warnung Die Stromzufuhr ist nur mit geeigneten Ringösen an das DC Netzteil anzuschliessen. Die richtige Anschlusssequenz ist: Erdanschluss zu
Erdanschluss, +RTN zu +RTN und dann -48V zu -48V. Die richtige Sequenz zum Abtrennen der Stromversorgung ist -48V zu -48V, +RTN zu +RTN und dann Erdanschluss zu Erdanschluss. Es ist zu beachten dass der Erdanschluss immer zuerst angeschlossen und als letztes abgetrennt wird.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
173
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
174
Avvertenza Mostra la morsettiera dell alimentatore CC. Cablare l'alimentatore
CC usando i connettori adatti all'estremità del cablaggio, come illustrato. La corretta sequenza di cablaggio è da massa a massa, da positivo a positivo
(da linea ad L) e da negativo a negativo (da neutro a N). Tenere presente che il filo di massa deve sempre venire collegato per primo e scollegato per ultimo.
Advarsel Riktig tilkoples tilkoplingssekvens er jord til jord, +RTN til +RTN,
-48 V til – 48 V. Riktig frakoples tilkoplingssekvens er -48 V til – 48 V, +RTN til +RTN, jord til jord.
Aviso Ate con alambre la fuente de potencia cc Usando los terminales apropiados en el extremo del cableado. Al conectar potencia, la secuencia apropiada del cableado se muele para moler, +RTN a +RTN, entonces -48
V a -48 V. Al desconectar potencia, la secuencia apropiada del cableado es
-48 V a -48 V, +RTN a +RTN, entonces molió para moler. Observe que el alambre de tierra se debe conectar siempre primero y desconectar por último.
Observe que el alambre de tierra se debe conectar siempre primero y desconectar por último.
¡Atención! Wire a fonte de alimentação de DC Usando os talões apropriados na extremidade da fiação. Ao conectar a potência, a seqüência apropriada da fiação é moída para moer, +RTN a +RTN, então -48 V a -48 V. Ao desconectar a potência, a seqüência apropriada da fiação é -48 V a -48 V,
+RTN a +RTN, moeu então para moer. Anote que o fio à terra deve sempre ser conectado primeiramente e desconectado por último. Anote que o fio à terra deve sempre ser conectado primeiramente e desconectado por último.
Varning! Korrekt kopplingssekvens ar jord till jord, +RTN till +RTN, -48 V till
– 48 V. Korrekt kopplas kopplingssekvens ar -48 V till -48 V, +RTN till +RTN, jord till jord.
DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning
WARNING: When stranded wiring is required, use approved wiring terminations, such as closed-loop or spade-type with upturned lugs. These terminations should be the appropriate size for the wires and should clamp both the insulation and conductor.
Waarschuwing Wanneer geslagen bedrading vereist is, dient u bedrading te gebruiken die voorzien is van goedgekeurde aansluitingspunten, zoals het gesloten-lus type of het grijperschop type waarbij de aansluitpunten omhoog wijzen. Deze aansluitpunten dienen de juiste maat voor de draden te hebben en dienen zowel de isolatie als de geleider vast te klemmen.
Varoitus Jos säikeellinen johdin on tarpeen, käytä hyväksyttyä johdinliitäntää, esimerkiksi suljettua silmukkaa tai kourumaista liitäntää, jossa on ylöspäin käännetyt kiinnityskorvat. Tällaisten liitäntöjen tulee olla kooltaan johtimiin sopivia ja niiden tulee puristaa yhteen sekä eristeen että johdinosan.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
Attention Quand des fils torsadés sont nécessaires, utiliser des douilles terminales homologuées telles que celles à circuit fermé ou du type à plage ouverte avec cosses rebroussées. Ces douilles terminales doivent être de la taille qui convient aux fils et doivent être refermées sur la gaine isolante et sur le conducteur.
Warnung Wenn Litzenverdrahtung erforderlich ist, sind zugelassene
Verdrahtungsanschlüsse, z.B. Ringoesen oder gabelförmige Kabelschuhe mit nach oben gerichteten Enden zu verwenden. Diese Abschlüsse sollten die angemessene Größe für die Drähte haben und sowohl die Isolierung als auch den Leiter festklemmen.
Avvertenza Quando occorre usare trecce, usare connettori omologati, come quelli a occhiello o a forcella con linguette rivolte verso l'alto. I connettori devono avere la misura adatta per il cablaggio e devono serrare sia l'isolante che il conduttore.
Advarsel Hvis det er nødvendig med flertrådede ledninger, brukes godkjente ledningsavslutninger, som for eksempel lukket sløyfe eller spadetype med oppoverbøyde kabelsko. Disse avslutningene skal ha riktig størrelse i forhold til ledningene, og skal klemme sammen både isolasjonen og lederen.
Aviso Quando forem requeridas montagens de instalação eléctrica de cabo torcido, use terminações de cabo aprovadas, tais como, terminações de cabo em circuito fechado e planas com terminais de orelha voltados para cima.
Estas terminações de cabo deverão ser do tamanho apropriado para os respectivos cabos, e deverão prender simultaneamente o isolamento e o fio condutor.
¡Atención! Cuando se necesite hilo trenzado, utilizar terminales para cables homologados, tales como las de tipo "bucle cerrado" o "espada", con las lengüetas de conexión vueltas hacia arriba. Estos terminales deberán ser del tamaño apropiado para los cables que se utilicen, y tendrán que sujetar tanto el aislante como el conductor.
Varning! När flertrådiga ledningar krävs måste godkända ledningskontakter användas, t.ex. kabelsko av sluten eller öppen typ med uppåtvänd tapp.
Storleken på dessa kontakter måste vara avpassad till ledningarna och måste kunna hålla både isoleringen och ledaren fastklämda.
Related
Documentation
•
In Case of Electrical Accident on page 165
•
General Electrical Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 165
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway General Safety Guidelines and Warnings on page 143
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
175
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
SRX1400 Services Gateway Agency Approvals
The services gateway complies with the following standards:
•
Safety
•
CSA 60950-1 (2003) Safety of Information Technology Equipment
•
UL 60950-1 (2003) Safety of Information Technology Equipment
•
EN 60950-1 (2001) Safety of Information Technology Equipment
•
IEC 60950-1 (2001) Safety of Information Technology Equipment (with country deviations)
•
EN 60825-1 +A1+A2 (1994) Safety of Laser Products - Part 1: Equipment Classification
•
EMC
•
EN 300 386 V1.3.3 (2005) Telecom Network Equipment - EMC requirements
•
EMI
•
FCC Part 15 Class A (2007) USA Radiated Emissions
•
EN 55022 Class A (2006) European Radiated Emissions
•
VCCI Class A (2007) Japanese Radiated Emissions
•
Immunity
•
EN 55024 +A1+A2 (1998) Information Technology Equipment Immunity
Characteristics
•
EN-61000-3-2 (2006) Power Line Harmonics
•
EN-61000-3-3 +A1 +A2 +A3 (1995) Power Line Voltage Fluctuations
•
EN-61000-4-2 +A1 +A2 (1995) Electrostatic Discharge
•
EN-61000-4-3 +A1+A2 (2002) Radiated Immunity
•
EN-61000-4-4 (2004) Electrical Fast Transients
•
EN-61000-4-5 (2006) Surge
•
EN-61000-4-6 (2007) Immunity to Conducted Disturbances
•
EN-61000-4-11 (2004) Voltage Dips and Sags
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements on page 177
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Description on page 3
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models on page 4
176 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix A: Safety and Regulatory Compliance Information
SRX1400 Services Gateway Compliance Statements for EMC Requirements
This topic includes the following sections:
•
•
European Community on page 177
•
•
Canada
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.
Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du Canada.
European Community
This is a Class A product. In a domestic environment this product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be required to take adequate measures.
Japan
United States
The preceding translates as follows:
This is a Class A product based on the standard of the Voluntary Control Council for
Interference by Information Technology Equipment (VCCI). If this product is used near a radio or television receiver in a domestic environment, it may cause radio interference.
Install and use the equipment according to the instruction manual.
The services gateway has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual, may cause
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
177
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide harmful interference to radio communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be required to correct the interference at his own expense.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Agency Approvals on page 176
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Description on page 3
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Models on page 4
178 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
APPENDIX B
SRX1400 Services Gateway Power
Guidelines, Requirements, and
Specifications
This appendix includes the following topics:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding Specifications on page 179
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Specifications and Requirements on page 181
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Specifications and Requirements on page 185
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding Specifications
This topic includes the following sections:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis Grounding Point on page 179
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding-Cable Lug Specification on page 180
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding Cable Specification on page 181
SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis Grounding Point
To meet safety and electromagnetic interference (EMI) requirements and to ensure proper operation, the services gateway must be adequately grounded before power is connected. A pair of threaded holes are provided for connecting the services gateway to
earth ground on the rear of the chassis. Figure 55 on page 180 shows the chassis ground
point on the services gateway.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
179
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Figure 55: Grounding Point on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding-Cable Lug Specification on page 180
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding Cable Specification on page 181
•
Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 78
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel on page 14
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding-Cable Lug Specification
The cable attaches to the grounding cable (see Figure 56 on page 180) and two M5 screws
are used to secure the grounding cable to the grounding point.
Figure 56: Grounding Cable Lug
180
CAUTION: Before services gateway installation begins, a licensed electrician must attach a cable lug to the grounding and power cables that you supply.
A cable with an incorrectly attached lug can damage the services gateway.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis Grounding Point on page 179
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding Cable Specification on page 181
•
Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 78
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel on page 14
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix B: SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding Cable Specification
The grounding cable that you provide must be 6-AWG (13.3 mm
2
), minimum 60°C wire, or as permitted by the local code.
WARNING: The services gateway is pluggable type A equipment installed in a restricted-access location. It has a separate protective earthing terminal
(sized for M5 screws) provided on the chassis in addition to the grounding pin of the power supply cord. This separate protective earthing terminal must be permanently connected to earth.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis Grounding Point on page 179
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Grounding-Cable Lug Specification on page 180
•
Grounding the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 78
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel on page 14
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Specifications and Requirements
This topic includes the following sections:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 181
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 182
•
Power Requirements for DC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways on page 183
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Cable Specifications on page 184
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power System Electrical Specifications
Table 39 on page 181 lists the DC power system electrical specifications.
Table 39: DC Power System Electrical Specifications
Item Specification
DC input voltage
DC system current rating
Operating range: – 40 to – 72 VDC
10.1 A @ - 48 VDC
Maximum DC input power 485 W
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 182
•
Power Requirements for DC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways on page 183
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Cable Specifications on page 184
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply on page 34
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
181
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 67
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
Each DC power supply has a single DC input (-48 VDC and return) that requires a
dedicated 16 A (-48 VDC) circuit breaker. Table 40 on page 182 lists the DC power supply
electrical specifications.
Table 40: DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
Parameter Specification
Maximum output power 1200 W
DC input voltage
DC input current rating
–40 to –72 VDC
30 A @ –48 VDC
Each DC power supply faceplate displays a single LED to indicate the status of the power
supply (see Table 41 on page 182).
Table 41: DC Power Supply LED
Color LED Status Indicated Condition
Green On steadily DC input voltage is present, and both main 12 V output and standby 3.3 V output are enabled and healthy.
Blinking
Red On steadily
Blinking
DC input voltage is present, standby 3.3 V output is on, but the main 12 V output is disabled. This condition usually indicates that the device has been powered off at the Power button on the SYSIOC front panel. It may also indicate that either the SYSIOC or Routing Engine has been removed from the services gateway.
The power supply has detected one or more of the following faults:
•
•
•
Power supply fan failure
Power supply over-temperature condition
Over-current or under-voltage condition on the standby
3.3V output
The power supply has detected one or more of the following faults:
•
•
•
Under-voltage condition on the 12 V output
Over-voltage condition on the 12 V output
Over-current condition on the 12 V output
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 181
182 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix B: SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications
•
Power Requirements for DC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways on page 183
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Cable Specifications on page 184
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply on page 34
•
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 67
Power Requirements for DC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways
NOTE: If you plan to operate a maximally configured DC-powered services gateway, we recommend that you provision 16 A @ -48 VDC for the system.
If you do not plan to provision 16 A @ -48 VDC for the system, you can use the information
in Table 42 on page 183 and Table 43 on page 184 to calculate the power consumption @
-48 VDC, and thermal output for various hardware configurations.
Table 42 on page 183 lists the power requirements for base DC-powered devices operating
under typical voltage conditions.
Table 42: DC-Powered Base System Requirements
DC Power Supply Configuration Power Requirement (Watts)
Nonredundant configuration includes DC power supply, backplane, SYSIOC, Routing Engine, and fan tray.
210 W (approximate)
Redundant configuration includes two DC power supplies, backplane, SYSIOC, Routing Engine, and fan tray.
222 W (approximate)
NOTE: The power requirement values shown in Table 42 on page 183 are for
a lightly loaded system. For a heavily loaded system, the contribution of the base system to the overall system power requirement is lower, because the power supply efficiency improves as the load increases. For a heavily loaded system, both the redundant and nonredundant base systems contribute approximately 210 W to the overall system power requirement.
NOTE: In the SRX1400 Services Gateways with 1-Gigabit Ethernet System
I/O card, the base system power requirement is less by 5-6 watts than the
SRX1400 devices with 10-Gigabit Ethernet System I/O card.
Table 43 on page 184 lists the power requirements for various hardware components
when the services gateway is operating under typical voltage conditions.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
183
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 43: Component DC Power Requirements
Component
NSPC
IOC
Power Requirement
(Watts)
214 W
61 W (max.)
Use the information in Table 42 on page 183 and Table 43 on page 184 to calculate power
consumption for various hardware configurations, input current from a different source voltage, and thermal output, as shown in the following examples. These examples use maximum values per IOC.
•
Minimum DC-powered configuration:
Base device + 1 NSPC =
210 W +214 W = 424 W, 8.83 A @ -48 VDC
•
Maximum DC-powered configuration:
Base device + 1 NSPC + 1 IOC =
210 W + 214 W + 61 W = 485 W, 10.1A @ -48 VDC
• Input current from a DC source other than -48 VDC (based on maximum configuration; applies to DC power supply only):
(–54 VDC input) * (input current X) = (-48 VDC input) * (input current Y)
54 * X = 48V * 10.1 A
X = (48 * 10.1)/54 = 8.98 A
• Thermal output for maximally configured DC-powered services gateway:
Watts DC * 3.41 = BTU/hr
485 * 3.41 = 1653.85 BTU/hr
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 181
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 182
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Cable Specifications on page 184
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply on page 34
•
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 67
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Cable Specifications
The DC power supply in slot PEM0 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed A, and the DC power supply in slot PEM1 must be powered by dedicated power feeds derived from feed B. This configuration provides the commonly deployed A/B feed redundancy for the system.
CAUTION: You must ensure that power connections maintain the proper polarity. The power source cables might be labeled (+) and (–) to indicate
184 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix B: SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications their polarity. There is no standard color coding for DC power cables. The color coding used by the external DC power source at your site determines the color coding for the leads on the power cables that attach to the terminal studs on each power supply.
WARNING: For field-wiring connections, use copper conductors only.
For other electrical safety information, see “General Electrical Safety
Guidelines and Warnings” on page 165
CAUTION: Power cords and cables must not block access to services gateway components or cause a tripping hazard.
For a description of the DC power supply, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power
Supply” on page 34. For instructions on connecting the DC power and grounding cables
during initial installation, see “Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a DC Power
Supply” on page 80. For instructions on replacing a DC power cable, see “Replacing a DC
Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 132.
Table 44 on page 185 summarizes the specifications for the power cables, which you must
supply.
Table 44: DC Power Cable Specifications
Cable Type Quantity and Specification
Power Eight 6-AWG (13.3 mm
2
), minimum 60°C wire, or as permitted by the local code
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 181
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 182
•
Power Requirements for DC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways on page 183
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway DC Power Supply on page 34
•
Installing a DC Power Supply in the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 67
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Specifications and Requirements
This topic includes the following sections:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 186
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 186
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
185
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Power Requirements for AC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways on page 187
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Cord Specifications on page 188
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power System Electrical Specifications
Table 45 on page 186 lists the AC power system electrical specifications.
Table 45: AC Power System Specifications
Item Specification
AC input voltage
AC input line frequency
AC system current rating
Maximum AC input power
Operating range: 100-127 V / 200-240 V
47 – 63 Hz
5 A at 100 VAC
2.5 A at 100 VAC
485 W at 100 VAC
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 186
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Cord Specifications on page 188
•
Power Requirements for AC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways on page 187
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply on page 32
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
Table 46 on page 186 lists the electrical specifications for the services gateway AC power
supply.
Table 46: AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
Item Specification
Maximum output power
AC input voltage
1000 W
Operating range: 100-127 VAC / 200-240 VAC
AC input line frequency
AC input current rating
47 – 63 Hz
13.0 A (maximum) at 100 VAC
6.5 A (maximum) at 200 VAC
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 186
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Cord Specifications on page 188
186 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix B: SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications
•
Power Requirements for AC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways on page 187
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply on page 32
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
Power Requirements for AC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways
NOTE: If you plan to operate a maximally configured AC-powered services gateway, we recommend that you provision 6 A at 240 VAC for the system.
If you do not plan to provision 6 A at 240 VAC for the system, you can use the information
in Table 47 on page 187 and Table 48 on page 188 to calculate power consumption for
various hardware configurations, and thermal output.
Table 47 on page 187 lists the power requirements for base AC-powered devices operating
under typical voltage conditions. It includes the efficiency for the AC power supplies.
Table 47: Base System AC Power Requirements
Component Power Requirement (Watts)
Nonredundant configuration includes AC power supply, backplane,
SYSIOC, Routing Engine, and the fan tray.
210 W (approximate)
Redundant configuration includes two AC power supplies, backplane,
SYSIOC, Routing Engine, and the fan tray.
222 W (approximate)
NOTE: The power requirement values shown in Table 47 on page 187 are for
a lightly loaded system. For a heavily loaded system, the contribution of the base system to the overall system power requirement is lower, because the power supply efficiency improves as the load increases. For a heavily loaded system, both the redundant and nonredundant base systems contribute approximately 210 W to the overall system power requirement.
NOTE: In SRX1400 Services Gateways with 1-Gigabit Ethernet System I/O card, the base system power requirement is less by 5 to 6 watts than the base system power requirement for the SRX1400 devices with 10-Gigabit
Ethernet System I/O card.
Table 48 on page 188 lists the power requirements for various hardware components
when the services gateway is operating under typical voltage conditions.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
187
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 48: Component AC Power Requirements
Component Power Requirement (Watts)
NSPC
IOC
214 W
61 W (max.)
Use the information in Table 47 on page 187 and Table 48 on page 188 to calculate power
consumption for various hardware configurations, input current from a different source voltage, and thermal output, as shown in the following examples. These examples use maximum values per IOC.
Typical power consumption for AC-powered devices:
• Minimum AC-powered configuration:
Base device + 1 NSPC =
210 W + 214 W = 424 W
• Maximum AC-powered configuration:
Base device + 1NSPC + 1 IOC =
210 W + 214 W + 61 W = 485 W
•
Typical system thermal output (based on maximally configured AC-powered services gateway at 110 V input):
Watts * 3.41 = BTU/hr
485 W * 3.41 = 1653.85 BTU/hr
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 186
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 186
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Cord Specifications on page 188
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply on page 32
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Cord Specifications
Each AC power supply has a single AC appliance inlet located on the power supply that requires a dedicated AC power feed and a dedicated 15 A (250 VAC) circuit breaker. Most sites distribute power through a main conduit that leads to frame-mounted power distribution panels, one of which can be located at the top of the rack that houses the device. An AC power cord connects each power supply to the power distribution panel.
Locate the power cord or cords with the type of plug appropriate for your geographical location to connect the device to AC power using the model number.
The services gateway uses detachable AC power cords with C13 appliance couplers at the female end as described by International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) standard
188 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix B: SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Guidelines, Requirements, and Specifications
60320. The plug at the male end of the power cord fits into the power source receptacle that is standard for your geographical location.
Table 49 on page 189 provides specifications and Figure 57 on page 189 depicts the plug
on the AC power cord provided for each country or region.
Table 49: AC Power Cord Specifications
Country Model Number Electrical Specification Plug Type
Australia
China
CBL-JX-PWR-AU
CBL-JX-PWR-CH
CBL-JX-PWR-EU
250 VAC, 10 A, 50 Hz
250 VAC, 10 A, 50 Hz
250 VAC, 10 A, 50 Hz
AS/NZ 3112–1993
GB2099.1 1996 and
GB1002 1996
(CH1-10P)
CEE (7) VII Europe (except
Italy and United
Kingdom)
Italy CBL-JX-PWR-IT 250 VAC, 10 A, 50 Hz CEI 23–16/VII
Japan
North America
United Kingdom
CBL-JX-PWR-JP
CBL-JX-PWR-US
CBL-JX-PWR-UK
125 VAC, 12 A, 50 Hz or 60
Hz
JIS 8303
125 VAC, 10 A, 60 Hz
250 VAC, 10 A, 50 Hz
NEMA 5-15
BS 1363A
Figure 57: AC Plug Types
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
WARNING: The AC power cord for the services gateway is intended for use with the SRX1400 Services Gateway only and not for any other devices.
WARNING: The attached power cable is only for this product. Do not use the cable for another product.
NOTE: In North America, AC power cords must not exceed approximately
14.75 ft (4.5 m) in length, to comply with National Electrical Code (NEC)
Sections 400-8 (NFPA 75, 5-2.2) and 210-52, and Canadian Electrical Code
(CEC) Section 4-010(3). You can order AC power cords that are in compliance.
189
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
For information about the AC power supply, including a description of components, see
“SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply” on page 32. For instructions on connecting
see “Replacing an AC Power Supply on the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 130.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications on page 186
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power System Electrical Specifications on page 186
•
Power Requirements for AC-Powered SRX1400 Services Gateways on page 187
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway AC Power Supply on page 32
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to an AC Power Supply on page 79
190 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
APPENDIX C
Cable and Wire Guidelines for the
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
This appendix includes the following topics:
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Wiring Guidelines on page 191
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Network Cable Guidelines on page 192
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Wiring Guidelines
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Distance Limitations for Signaling for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 191
•
Radio Frequency Interference for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 191
•
Electromagnetic Compatibility for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 191
Distance Limitations for Signaling for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Improperly installed wires can emit radio interference. In addition, the potential for damage from lightning strikes increases if wires exceed recommended distances, or if wires pass between buildings. The electromagnetic pulse (EMP) caused by lightning can damage unshielded conductors and destroy electronic devices. If your site has previously experienced such problems, you might want to consult experts in electrical surge suppression and shielding
Radio Frequency Interference for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
You can reduce or eliminate the emission of radio frequency interference (RFI) from your site wiring by using twisted-pair cable with a good distribution of grounding conductors.
If you must exceed the recommended distances, use a high-quality twisted-pair cable with one ground conductor for each data signal when applicable.
Electromagnetic Compatibility for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
If your site is susceptible to problems with electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), particularly from lightning or radio transmitters, you might want to seek expert advice.
Strong sources of electromagnetic interference (EMI) can destroy the signal drivers and receivers in the services gateway and conduct power surges over the lines into the
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
191
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide equipment, resulting in an electrical hazard. It is particularly important to provide a properly grounded and shielded environment and to use electrical surge-suppression devices.
CAUTION: To comply with intrabuilding lightning/surge requirements, intrabuilding wiring must be shielded, and the shield for the wiring must be grounded at both ends.
Related
Documentation
•
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
•
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 193
•
Calculating the Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 194
•
Calculating the Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 194
SRX1400 Services Gateway Network Cable Guidelines
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
•
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
•
Calculating the Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
•
Calculating the Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
•
Console Port Cable and Wire Specifications for the SRX1400 Services
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Multimode fiber is large enough in diameter to allow rays of light to reflect internally
(bounce off the walls of the fiber). Interfaces with multimode optics typically use LEDs as light sources. LEDs are not coherent sources, however. They spray varying wavelengths of light into the multimode fiber, which reflects the light at different angles. Light rays travel in jagged lines through a multimode fiber, causing signal dispersion. When light traveling in the fiber core radiates into the fiber cladding, higher-order mode loss (HOL) results. Together these factors limit the transmission distance of multimode fiber compared to single-mode fiber.
Single-mode fiber is so small in diameter that rays of light can reflect internally through one layer only. Interfaces with single-mode optics use lasers as light sources. Lasers generate a single wavelength of light, which travels in a straight line through the
192 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix C: Cable and Wire Guidelines for the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware single-mode fiber. Compared with multimode fiber, single-mode fiber has higher bandwidth and can carry signals for longer distances. It is consequently more expensive.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Wiring Guidelines on page 191
•
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 193
•
Calculating the Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 194
•
Calculating the Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 194
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Correct functioning of an optical data link depends on modulated light reaching the receiver with enough power to be demodulated correctly. Attenuation is the reduction in power of the light signal as it is transmitted. Attenuation is caused by passive media components, such as cables, cable splices, and connectors. While attenuation is significantly lower for optical fiber than for other media, it still occurs in both multimode and single-mode transmission. An efficient optical data link must have enough light available to overcome attenuation.
Dispersion is the spreading of the signal in time. The following two types of dispersion can affect an optical data link:
•
Chromatic dispersion—The spreading of the signal in time resulting from the different speeds of light rays.
•
Modal dispersion—The spreading of the signal in time resulting from the different propagation modes in the fiber.
For multimode transmission, modal dispersion, rather than chromatic dispersion or attenuation, usually limits the maximum bit rate and link length. For single-mode transmission, modal dispersion is not a factor. However, at higher bit rates and over longer distances, chromatic dispersion rather than modal dispersion limits maximum link length.
An efficient optical data link must have enough light to exceed the minimum power that the receiver requires to operate within its specifications. In addition, the total dispersion must be less than the limits specified for the type of link in Telcordia Technologies document GR-253-CORE (Section 4.3) and International Telecommunications Union
(ITU) document G.957.
When chromatic dispersion is at the maximum allowed, its effect can be considered as a power penalty in the power budget. The optical power budget must allow for the sum of component attenuation, power penalties (including those from dispersion), and a safety margin for unexpected losses.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Wiring Guidelines on page 191
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
193
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
•
Calculating the Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 194
•
Calculating the Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 194
Calculating the Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To ensure that fiber-optic connections have sufficient power for correct operation, you need to calculate the link's power budget, which is the maximum amount of power it can transmit. When you calculate the power budget, you use a worst-case analysis to provide a margin of error, even though all the parts of an actual system do not operate at the worst-case levels. To calculate the worst-case estimate of power budget (P
B
), you assume minimum transmitter power (P
T
) and minimum receiver sensitivity (P
R
):
P
B
= P
T
– P
R
The following hypothetical power budget equation uses values measured in decibels
(dB) and decibels referred to one milliwatt (dBm):
P
B
= P
T
– P
R
P
B
= –15 dBm – (–28 dBm)
P
B
= 13 dB
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Wiring Guidelines on page 191
•
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
•
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 193
•
Calculating the Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 194
Calculating the Power Margin for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
After calculating a link's power budget, you can calculate the power margin (P
M
), which represents the amount of power available after subtracting attenuation or link loss (LL) from the power budget (P
B
). A worst-case estimate of P
M assumes maximum LL:
P
M
= P
B
– LL
A P
M greater than zero indicates that the power budget is sufficient to operate the receiver.
Factors that can cause link loss include higher-order mode losses, modal and chromatic
dispersion, connectors, splices, and fiber attenuation. Table 50 on page 195 lists an
194 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix C: Cable and Wire Guidelines for the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware estimated amount of loss for the factors used in the following sample calculations. For information about the actual amount of signal loss caused by equipment and other factors, refer to vendor documentation.
Table 50: Estimated Values for Factors Causing Link Loss
Link-Loss Factor Estimated Link-Loss Value
Higher-order mode losses
Modal and chromatic dispersion
Connector
Splice
Fiber attenuation
Single-mode—None
Multimode—0.5 dB
Single-mode—None
Multimode—None, if product of bandwidth and distance is less than 500 MHz–km
0.5 dB
0.5 dB
Single-mode—0.5 dB/km
Multimode—1 dB/km
The following example uses the estimated values in Table 50 on page 195 to calculate
link loss (LL) for a 2 km-long multimode link with a power budget (P
B
) of 13 dB:
•
Fiber attenuation for 2 km @ 1.0 dB/km= 2 dB
•
Loss for five connectors @ 0.5 dB per connector = 5(0.5 dB) = 2.5 dB
•
Loss for two splices @ 0.5 dB per splice =2(0.5 dB) = 1 dB
•
Higher-order loss = 0.5 dB
•
Clock recovery module = 1 dB
The power margin (P
M
) is calculated as follows:
P
M
= P
B
– LL
P
M
= 13 dB – 2 km (1.0 dB/km) – 5 (0.5 dB) – 2 (0.5 dB) – 0.5 dB [HOL] – 1 dB [CRM]
P
M
= 13 dB – 2 dB – 2.5 dB – 1 dB – 0.5 dB – 1 dB
P
M
= 6 dB
The following sample calculation for an 8 km-long single-mode link with a power budget
(P
B
) of 13 dB uses the estimated values from Table 50 on page 195 to calculate link loss
(LL) as the sum of fiber attenuation (8 km @ 0.5 dB/km, or 4 dB) and loss for seven connectors (0.5 dB per connector, or 3.5 dB). The power margin (P
M follows:
) is calculated as
P
M
= P
B
– LL
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
195
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
P
M
= 13 dB – 8 km (0.5 dB/km) – 7 (0.5 dB)
P
M
= 13 dB – 4 dB – 3.5 dB
P
M
= 5.5 dB
In both examples, the calculated power margin is greater than zero, indicating that the link has sufficient power for transmission and does not exceed the maximum receiver input power.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Wiring Guidelines on page 191
•
Signal Loss in Multimode and Single-Mode Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services
•
Attenuation and Dispersion in Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 193
•
Calculating the Power Budget for Fiber-Optic Cable for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 194
Console Port Cable and Wire Specifications for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Table 51 on page 196 lists the specifications for the cable that connects a CONSOLE port
on the SYSIOC to a management console.
Table 51: Cable and Wire Specifications for Routing Engine Management and Alarm Interfaces
Port
Cable
Specification
Cable/Wire
Supplied
Maximum
Length Receptacle
SYSIOC console or
Routing Engine auxiliary interface
RS-232
(EIA-232) serial cable
One 6-ft (1.83-m) length with
RJ-45/DB-9 connectors
6 ft (1.83 m) RJ-45/DB-9 male
Related
Documentation
•
SRX1400 Services Gateway Electrical Wiring Guidelines on page 191
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Management Console or an Auxiliary
•
Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to a Network for Out-of-Band Management on page 73
•
Console Port Cable and Wire Specifications for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 196
196 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
APPENDIX D
Contacting Customer Support and
Returning the SRX1400 Services Gateway
Hardware
This appendix includes the following topics:
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Locating SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers on page 198
•
Contacting Customer Support to Obtain Return Materials Authorization for the SRX1400
•
Packing an SRX1400 Services Gateway or a Component for Shipment on page 204
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway
If a problem cannot be resolved by the JTAC technician, a Return Materials Authorization
(RMA) is issued. This number is used to track the returned material at the factory and to return repaired or new components to the customer as needed.
NOTE: Do not return any component to Juniper Networks, Inc. unless you have first obtained an RMA number. Juniper Networks, Inc. reserves the right to refuse shipments that do not have an RMA. Refused shipments will be returned to the customer via collect freight.
For more information about return and repair policies, see the customer support Web page at http://www.juniper.net/support/guidelines.html
.
To return a services gateway or component to Juniper Networks for repair or replacement:
1.
Determine the part number and serial number of the services gateway or component.
2.
Obtain a Return Materials Authorization (RMA) number from JTAC.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
197
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
NOTE: Do not return the services gateway or any component to Juniper
Networks unless you have first obtained an RMA number. Juniper Networks reserves the right to refuse shipments that do not have an RMA. Refused shipments are returned to the customer via collect freight.
3.
Pack the services gateway or component for shipping.
For more information about return and repair policies, see the customer support webpage at http://www.juniper.net/support/guidelines.html
.
For product problems or technical support issues, open a support case using the Case
Manager link at http://www.juniper.net/support/ or call 1-888-314-JTAC (within the United
States) or 1-408-745-9500 (outside the United States).
Related
Documentation
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
•
Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Shipment on page 205
•
Packing SRX1400 Services Gateway Components for Shipment on page 206
Locating SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the
•
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis Serial Number Label on page 199
•
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine Serial Number
•
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway I/O Card Serial Number Label on page 200
•
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing Card Serial
•
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway System I/O Card Serial Number
•
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supply Serial Number Label on page 202
•
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Fan Tray Number Label on page 202
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI
Before contacting Juniper Networks, Inc. to request a Return Materials Authorization
(RMA), you must find the serial number on the device or component. To list all of the device components and their serial numbers, enter the following command-line interface
(CLI) command:
198 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix D: Contacting Customer Support and Returning the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware user@host> show chassis hardware
Hardware inventory:
Item Version Part number Serial number Description
Chassis
BH0310AA4416
SRX 1400
Midplane REV 00 711-031012 AABA4416 SRX1k Backplane
PEM 0 rev 06 740-020226
E182C1003Z06P
AC Power Supply
CB 0 REV 16 750-032544
AAAY0804
SRX1K-RE-12-10
Routing Engine BUILTIN BUILTIN Routing Engine
CPP BUILTIN BUILTIN Central PFE Processor
Mezz REV 08 710-021035 AAAZ0730 SRX HD Mezzanine Card
FPC 0 REV 00 750-031019 SRX1k 10GE SYSIO
PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN 6x 1GE RJ45 3x 1GE SFP
3x 10GE SFP+
Xcvr 6 REV 02 740-013111 9101477 SFP-T
FPC 1 REV 11 750-016077
AAAX7644
SRX3k SPC
PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN SPU Cp-Flow
FPC 2 750-020317
TV3333
SRX3k 16xGE TX
PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN 16x 1GE-TX
FPC 3 REV 13 750-017866
AAAN7996
SRX3k NPC
PIC 0 BUILTIN BUILTIN NPC PIC
Fan Tray -N/A- -N/A- -N/A- SRX 1400 Fan Tray
Most components also have a small rectangular serial number ID label attached to the component body.
NOTE: To list all of the serial number of the NSPC, use the serial number of
FPC 1 or FPC 3 in the show chassis hardware command output.
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis Serial Number Label
The chassis serial number is located on the side of the chassis Figure 58 on page 200.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
199
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Figure 58: SRX1400 Services Gateway Chassis Serial Number Label
SYS : BH2310AA0013
001f12e30800
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Routing Engine Serial Number Label
The serial number for the Routing Engine is located behind the faceplate on the right side of the card.
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway I/O Card Serial Number Label
The serial number label for all of the IOCs is located behind the faceplate on the right
side of the card (see Figure 59 on page 201).
200 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix D: Contacting Customer Support and Returning the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
Figure 59: IOC Serial Number Label
Serial number label
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing Card Serial Number
Label
The serial number label for the Network and Services Processing Card (NSPC) is located
behind the faceplate on the right side of the card (see Figure 60 on page 201).
Figure 60: SRX1400 Services Gateway Network and Services Processing
Card Serial Number Label
AABC4234
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway System I/O Card Serial Number Label
The serial number label for the SYSIOC is located behind the faceplate on the right side
of the card (see Figure 61 on page 202).
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
201
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Figure 61: Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway System I/O Card Serial
Number Label
AABC5530
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supply Serial Number Label
The serial number label for the AC and DC power supplies is located on the top of the
power supply (see Figure 62 on page 202).
Figure 62: SRX1400 Services Gateway Power Supply Serial Number Label
Serial number label
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Locating the SRX1400 Services Gateway Fan Tray Number Label
The serial number label for the Fan tray is located on the top of the fan tray (see Figure
202 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix D: Contacting Customer Support and Returning the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
Figure 63: SRX1400 Fan Tray
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Contacting Customer Support to Obtain Return Materials Authorization for the SRX1400
Services Gateway
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC
When requesting support from JTAC by telephone, be prepared to provide the following information:
•
Your existing case number, if you have one
•
Details of the failure or problem
• Type of activity being performed on the services gateway when the problem occurred
• Configuration data displayed by one or more show commands
• Your name, organization name, telephone number, fax number, and shipping address
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on page 198
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
203
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Contacting Customer Support
Once you have located the serial numbers of the device or component, you can return the device or component for repair or replacement. For this, you need to contact Juniper
Networks Technical Assistance Center (JTAC).
You can contact JTAC 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, using any of the following methods:
•
On the Web: Using the Case Manager link at http://www.juniper.net/support/
•
By telephone:
• From the US and Canada: 1-888-314-JTAC
• From all other locations: 1-408-745-9500
NOTE: If contacting JTAC by telephone, enter your 11-digit case number followed by the pound (#) key if this is an existing case, or press the star
(*) key to be routed to the next available support engineer.
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
Packing an SRX1400 Services Gateway or a Component for Shipment
This topic includes the following sections:
•
Required Tools and Parts for Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 204
•
Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Shipment on page 205
•
Packing SRX1400 Services Gateway Components for Shipment on page 206
Required Tools and Parts for Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To remove the components from the services gateway or to remove the services gateway from a rack, you need the following tools and parts:
• Blank panels to cover empty slots
•
Electrostatic bag or antistatic mat for each component
•
Electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding wrist strap
• Flat-blade screwdriver, approximately 1/4 in. (6 mm)
• Phillips (+) screwdrivers, numbers 1 and 2
204 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix D: Contacting Customer Support and Returning the SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
•
Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Shipment on page 205
•
Packing SRX1400 Services Gateway Components for Shipment on page 206
Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Shipment
To pack the services gateway for shipment:
1.
Retrieve the shipping carton and packing materials in which the services gateway was originally shipped. If you do not have these materials, contact your Juniper Networks representative about approved packaging materials.
2.
Attach an electrostatic discharge (ESD) grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to the ESD point on the chassis or to an outside ESD point if the device is disconnected from earth ground.
3.
On the console or other management device connected to the services gateway, enter
CLI operational mode and issue the following command to shut down the services gateway software: user@host> request system halt
Wait until a message appears on the console confirming that the operating system has halted.
4.
Shut down power to the services gateway by pressing the Power button on the front of the services gateway.
5.
Disconnect power from the services gateway.
6.
Remove the cables that connect to all external devices.
7.
If the services gateway is installed in a rack, have one person support the weight of the services gateway while another person unscrews and removes the mounting screws.
8.
Place the services gateway in the shipping carton.
9.
Cover the services gateway with an ESD bag, and place the packing foam on top of and around the device.
10.
Replace the accessory box on top of the packing foam.
11.
Securely tape the box closed.
12.
Write the Return Materials Authorization (RMA) number on the exterior of the box to ensure proper tracking.
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
205
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Required Tools and Parts for Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 204
•
Packing SRX1400 Services Gateway Components for Shipment on page 206
Packing SRX1400 Services Gateway Components for Shipment
Follow these guidelines for packing and shipping individual components of the services gateway:
• When you return a component, make sure that it is adequately protected with packing materials and packed so that the pieces are prevented from moving around inside the carton.
• Use the original shipping materials if they are available.
• Place the individual component in an electrostatic bag.
•
Write the Return Materials Authorization (RMA) number on the exterior of the box to ensure proper tracking.
CAUTION: Do not stack any of the services gateway components during packing.
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
•
Required Tools and Parts for Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 204
•
Packing the SRX1400 Services Gateway for Shipment on page 205
206 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
APPENDIX E
Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway
Hardware Components on SRX1400
Services Gateway
This appendix includes the following topics:
•
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services
•
Network Processing Cards on page 209
•
Services Processing Cards on page 210
•
Installing a Network Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 212
•
Installing a Services Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 214
•
Troubleshooting Network Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services
•
Troubleshooting Services Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services
•
Replacing a Network Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 217
•
Replacing a Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 218
•
Locating the Network Processing Card Serial Number Label on page 220
•
Locating the Services Processing Card Serial Number Label on page 221
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway
The Network Processing Cards (NPCs), Service Processing Cards (SPCs), and I/O Cards
(IOCs) are completely interoperable between SRX1400 Services Gateway and SRX3000
Series Services Gateways, and they have same part numbers.
Table 52 on page 208 lists the hardware components that are interoperable on the
SRX3000 Series Services Gateways and the SRX1400 Services Gateways.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
207
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 52: SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on
SRX1400 Services Gateway
Card Model Number
Slot on SRX1400
Services Gateway
CFM3 NPC
SPC
16-Port Copper Ethernet/Fast
Ethernet/Gigabit Ethernet IOC
SRX3K-NPC
SRX3K-SPC
SRX3K-16GE-TX
CFM1
CFM2
16-Port SFP Gigabit Ethernet IOC SRX3K-16GE-SFP
2-Port XFP 10-Gigabit Ethernet IOC SRX3K-2XGE-XFP
CFM2
CFM2
NOTE: The Routing Engine and Power Supply Units (AC and DC) are not interoperable between the SRX1400 Services Gateway and the SRX3000
Series Services Gateway.
NOTE: The NPCs, SPCs, and IOCs are not provided with the SRX1400 Services
Gateway. You must order them separately. Contact your Juniper Networks customer service representative for more information.
You can either use an NSPC or combination of SRX3000 Series Services
Gateway Network Processing Card (NPC) and Services Processing Cards
(SPC), with a Twin-CFM holder tray holder on the SRX1400 Services Gateway for the device to operate properly.
To install the NPC and SPC on the SRX1400 Services Gateway, you must order the Twin CFM holder tray (SRX1K3K-2CFM-TRAY) to hold two single-wide CFMs (NPC and SPC). Contact your Juniper Networks customer service representative for more information.
Related
Documentation
•
Network Processing Cards on page 209
•
Services Processing Cards on page 210
•
Verifying Parts Received with the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 49
•
Installing a Network Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 212
•
Installing a Services Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 214
208 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix E: Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Hardware Components on SRX1400 Services Gateway
Network Processing Cards
Network Processing Cards (NPCs) are common form-factor module (CFM) cards that receive inbound traffic from the I/O cards (IOCs) and direct it to the appropriate Services
Processing Card (SPC) for processing. Once services processing is complete, the NPC receives outbound traffic from the SPC(s) and directs it back to the appropriate IOC.
Additionally, the NPC performs the following functions:
• Buffers incoming traffic and queues outgoing traffic.
•
Performs advanced traffic management, including denial of service/distributed denial of service (DoS/DDoS) protective measures. For example, it can drop traffic to or from a particular IP address, protecting the device from Internet Control Message Protocol
(ICMP), UDP, and TCP SYN flooding, and buffering bursty traffic to protect the SPC.
NOTE:
• If a CFM slot is not occupied by a card, you must install a blank panel to shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through the device.
• The ONLINE button on NPC does not perform any function and currently it is not supported.
Figure 64 on page 209 shows the NPC that can be used on SRX1400 Services Gateway..
Figure 64: Network Processing Card
SRX3K-NPC
Table 53 on page 210 describes the NPC behavior indicated by the LEDs on its front panel.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
209
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Table 53: Network Processing Card LED Indicators
Label Color Status Description
SERVICE Green On steadily
OK/FAIL
Amber
Dark (unlit)
Green
On steadily
Off
On steadily
The NPC is mapped to an
IOC and is actively carrying traffic.
The NPC is mapped to an
IOC, but there is no SPC present or reachable in the system so all traffic is dropped.
The NPC is not carrying traffic.
The NPC is operating normally.
Red
Dark (unlit)
Blinking
On steadily
Off
The NPC is preparing for a an online insertion and removal event.
The NPC has failed and is not operating normally.
The NPC is powered down.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 207
•
Installing a Network Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 212
•
Locating the Network Processing Card Serial Number Label on page 220
•
Replacing a Network Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 217
•
Troubleshooting Network Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 215
Services Processing Cards
Services Processing Cards (SPCs) are common form-factor module (CFM) cards that provide the processing power to run integrated services such as firewall, IP Security
(IPsec), and Intrusion Detection and Prevention (IDP). All traffic traversing the services gateway is passed to an SPC to have services processing applied to it. Traffic is intelligently distributed by Network Processing Cards (NPCs) to SPCs for services processing, including session setup based on policies, fast packet processing for packets that match a session, encryption and decryption, and Internet Key Exchange (IKE) negotiation.
210 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix E: Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Hardware Components on SRX1400 Services Gateway
NOTE:
• If a CFM slot is not occupied by a card, you must install a blank panel to shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through the device.
• The ONLINE button on SPC does not perform any function and currently it is not supported.
Figure 65 on page 211 shows an SPC that can be used on an SRX1400 Services Gateway.
Figure 65: Services Processing Card
SRX3K-SPC-1-10-40
Table 54 on page 211 describes the SPC behavior indicated by the LEDs on its front panel.
Table 54: Services Processing Card LED Indicators
Label Color Status Description
SERVICE Green On steadily
OK/FAIL
Amber
Red
Dark (unlit)
Green
On steadily
On steadily
Off
On steadily
The SPC is running under acceptable load.
The SPC is overloaded.
No service is being provided by the SPC.
The SPC is not enabled.
The SPC is operating normally.
Green
Red
Dark (unlit)
Blinking
On steadily
Off
The SPC is preparing for an online insertion and removal event.
The SPC has failed and is not operating normally.
The SPC is powered down.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 207
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
211
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
•
Installing a Services Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 214
•
Troubleshooting Services Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 216
•
Replacing a Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 218
•
Locating the Services Processing Card Serial Number Label on page 221
Installing a Network Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway
You can install an NPC in the front panel of the SRX1400 Services Gateway (CFM slot
3).
Before installing your card, see “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14 to
verify that you have selected an appropriate slot location.
NOTE: If a slot is not occupied by a card, you must install a blank panel to shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through the device.
NOTE: To install the NPC and SPC on the SRX1400 Services Gateway, you must order the Twin-CFM holder tray (SRX1K3K-2CFM-TRAY) to hold two single-wide CFMs (NPC and SPC) separately. Contact your Juniper Networks customer service representative for more information.
To install an NPC:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
2.
Place the card on an antistatic mat or remove it from its electrostatic bag.
3.
If necessary, remove the filler cover from the slot by loosening its screws and sliding it out of the slot.
4.
Insert the Twin-CFM holder tray and insert it straight into the slot until you hear a click,
indicating the latch has closed as shown in Figure 66 on page 213.
212 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix E: Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Hardware Components on SRX1400 Services Gateway
Figure 66: Installing Twin-CFM Holder Tray on SRX1400 Services Gateway
5.
Orient the NPC so that the faceplate faces you. Slide the NPC all the way into the card
cage until you feel resistance. See Figure 67 on page 213
Figure 67: Installing an NPC on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
SRX3K-SPC-1-10-40
1
2
0
3
4
SRX3K-NPC
6.
Tighten the screws on either side of the card.
You can proceed with installing other hardware components, or power supplies, or
WARNING: Never lift the services gateway using the handles on the front panels of the NPC or other CFM cards. The handles might come off, causing the chassis to drop and inflicting possible grave injury.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 207
•
Network Processing Cards on page 209
•
Locating the Network Processing Card Serial Number Label on page 220
•
Replacing a Network Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 217
•
Troubleshooting Network Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 215
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
213
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Installing a Services Processing Card in an SRX1400 Services Gateway
You can install a SPC in the front panel of the SRX1400 Services Gateway (CFM slot 1).
Before installing your card, refer to “SRX1400 Services Gateway Front Panel” on page 14
to verify that you have selected an appropriate slot location.
NOTE: If a slot is not occupied by a card, you must install a blank panel to shield the empty slot and to allow cooling air to circulate properly through the device.
To install an SPC:
1.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis.
2.
Place the card on an antistatic mat or remove it from its electrostatic bag.
3.
If necessary, remove the dual-wide filler cover from the slot by loosening its screws and sliding it out of the slot.
4.
Insert the Twin-CFM holder tray and insert it straight into the slot until you hear a click,
indicating the latch has closed as shown in Figure 68 on page 214.
Figure 68: Installing Twin-CFM Holder Tray on SRX1400 Services Gateway
5.
Orient the SPC so that the faceplate faces you. Slide the SPC all the way into the card
cage until you feel resistance. See Figure 69 on page 215.
214 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix E: Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Hardware Components on SRX1400 Services Gateway
Figure 69: Installing an SPC on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
SRX3K-NPC
1
2
0
3
4
SRX3K-SPC-1-10-40
6.
Tighten the screws on either side of the card.
You can proceed with installing other hardware components or power supplies, or
WARNING: Never lift the services gateway using the handles on the front panels of the SPC or other CFM cards. The handles might come off, causing the chassis to drop and inflicting possible grave injury.
Related
Documentation
•
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 207
•
Services Processing Cards on page 210
•
Troubleshooting Services Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 216
•
Replacing a Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 218
•
Locating the Services Processing Card Serial Number Label on page 221
Troubleshooting Network Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To troubleshoot an NPC, follow these guidelines:
•
Make sure the NPC is properly seated in the slot and its screws are tightened.
• Make sure that the Twin-CFM holder tray is properly installed in the slot.
• Use the CLI show chassis fpc 3 command with the slot number to check the status of installed NPC.
As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates that the NPC is functioning normally: user@host> show chassis fpc 3
Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
215
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
3 Online 54 40 0 1024 3 27
•
Use the CLI show chassis fpc 3 detail command for more detailed output.
user@host> show chassis fpc 3 detail
Slot 3 information:
State Online
Temperature 54 degrees C / 129 degrees F
Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB
Total RLDRAM 0 MB
Total DDR DRAM 0 MB
Start time: 2010-07-08 13:56:19 UTC
Uptime: 5 days, 20 hours, 34 minutes, 56 seconds
Max Power Consumption 0 Watts
For further descriptions of the output from the commands, see the Junos System Basics
and Services Command Reference.
Related
Documentation
•
Network Processing Cards on page 209
•
Replacing a Network Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 217
•
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 207
Troubleshooting Services Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
To troubleshoot the an SPC, follow these guidelines:
•
Make sure the SPC is properly seated in the slot and its screws are tightened.
•
Make sure the Twin-CFM holder tray is installed properly in the slot.
• Issue the CLI show chassis fpc 1 command n to check the status of installed SPC.
As shown in the sample output, the value Online in the column labeled State indicates that the SPC is functioning normally: user@host> show chassis fpc 1
Temp CPU Utilization (%) Memory Utilization (%)
Slot State (C) Total Interrupt DRAM (MB) Heap Buffer
1 Online 34 40 0 1024 3 27
•
Issue the CLI show chassis fpc 1 detail command for more detailed output.
user@host> show chassis fpc 1 detail
Slot 1 information:
State Online
Temperature 34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
Total CPU DRAM 1024 MB
Total RLDRAM 0 MB
Total DDR DRAM 0 MB
Start time: 2010-07-08 13:56:24 UTC
Uptime: 5 days, 20 hours, 30 minutes, 55 seconds
Max Power Consumption 0 Watts
216 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix E: Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Hardware Components on SRX1400 Services Gateway
For further descriptions of the output from the commands, see the Junos System Basics
and Services Command Reference.
Related
Documentation
•
Services Processing Cards on page 210
•
Replacing a Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 218
•
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 207
Replacing a Network Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
The NPC is installed in the front of the services gateway in slot CFM3.
To replace an NPC:
1.
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
3.
Loosen the captive screws at each end of the NPC faceplate.
4.
Grasp the NPC by its handle and slide it halfway out of the chassis. See Figure 70 on page 217.
Figure 70: Removing an NPC from the SRX1400 Services Gateway
SRX3K-SPC-1-10-40
1
0
2
3
4
SRX3K-NPC
5.
Place one hand underneath the NPC to support it and slide it completely out of the chassis.
6.
Place the NPC on the antistatic mat.
7.
Slide the replacement NPC into the slot until you feel resistance, and then press the
NPC's faceplate until it engages the connectors as shown in Figure 71 on page 218.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
217
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Figure 71: Installing an NPC on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
SRX3K-SPC-1-10-40
1
0
2
3
4
SRX3K-NPC
8.
Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the NPC.
WARNING: Never lift the services gateway using the handles on the front panels of the NPCs or other CFM cards. The handles might come off, causing the chassis to drop and inflicting possible grave injury.
When you power on the SRX1400 Services Gateway, the OK/FAIL LED on the NPC faceplate blinks green, then lights steadily indicating a normal operating condition.
NOTE: If the OK/FAIL LED is red, remove and reinstall the NPC. If the OK/FAIL
LED remains red, the NPC is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools and Parts for Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400
•
Network Processing Cards on page 209
•
Troubleshooting Network Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 215
•
SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Cards Supported on SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 207
•
Field-Replaceable Units on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 111
Replacing a Services Processing Card on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
SPCs are installed in the services gateway in slots labeled CFM1 .
218 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix E: Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Hardware Components on SRX1400 Services Gateway
To replace an SPC:
1.
Place an electrostatic bag or antistatic mat on a flat, stable surface.
2.
Attach an ESD grounding strap to your bare wrist and connect the strap to one of the
ESD points on the chassis. For more information about ESD, see “Preventing
Electrostatic Discharge Damage to the SRX1400 Services Gateway” on page 147.
3.
Loosen the captive screws at each end of the SPC faceplate.
4.
Grasp the SPC by its handle and slide it halfway out of the chassis.
Figure 72: Removing an SPC from the SRX1400 Services Gateway
SRX3K-NPC
1
2
0
3
4
SRX3K-SPC-1-10-40
5.
Place one hand underneath the SPC to support it and slide it completely out of the
chassis. See Figure 72 on page 219.
CAUTION: SPCs can become very warm during operation. Avoid contact with the heat sink on top of the card when removing it to prevent personal injury.
6.
Place the SPC on the antistatic mat.
7.
Slide the replacement SPC into the slot until you feel resistance, and then press the
SPC faceplate until it engages the connectors as shown in Figure 73 on page 220.
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
219
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
Figure 73: Installing an SPC on the SRX1400 Services Gateway
SRX3K-NPC
1
2
0
3
4
SRX3K-SPC-1-10-40
8.
Tighten the captive screws on the left and right of the SPC.
When you power on the SRX1400 Services Gateway, the OK/FAIL LED on the SPC faceplate blinks green, then lights steadily indicating a normal operating condition.
NOTE: If the OK/FAIL LED is red, remove and reinstall the SPC. If the OK/FAIL
LED remains red, the SPC is not functioning properly. Contact your customer support representative.
WARNING: Never lift the services gateway using the handles on the front panels of the SPCs or other CFM cards. The handles might come off, causing the chassis to drop and inflicting possible grave injury.
Related
Documentation
•
Required Tools and Parts for Replacing Hardware Components on the SRX1400
•
Services Processing Cards on page 210
•
Troubleshooting Services Processing Cards on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 216
•
Field-Replaceable Units on the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 111
Locating the Network Processing Card Serial Number Label
The serial number label for the NPC is located on the center left side of the card (see
220 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Appendix E: Using SRX3000 Series Services Gateway Hardware Components on SRX1400 Services Gateway
Figure 74: NPC Serial Number Label
Serial number label
SRX3K-NPC
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Locating the Services Processing Card Serial Number Label
The serial number label for the SPC is located near the front on the left side of the card
Figure 75: SPC Serial Number Label
Serial number label
SRX3K-SPC-1-10-40
Related
Documentation
•
Return Procedure for the SRX1400 Services Gateway on page 197
•
Listing the SRX1400 Services Gateway Component Serial Numbers with the CLI on page 198
•
Information You Might Need to Supply to JTAC on page 203
•
Contacting Customer Support on page 204
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
221
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
222 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
PART 5
Index
•
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
223
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
224 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Index
Symbols
#, comments in configuration statements..................xvii
( ), in syntax descriptions...................................................xvii
< >, in syntax descriptions...................................................xvi
[ ], in configuration statements........................................xvii
{ }, in configuration statements.......................................xvii
| (pipe), in syntax descriptions.........................................xvii
A
AC power supply
installing............................................................................66
AC power supply cord
replacing...........................................................................132
accessory box
parts list.............................................................................49
removing............................................................................47
accident procedures, electrical........................................165
agency approvals...................................................................176
air filter
replacing...........................................................................116
alarm
messages, list of...........................................................103
alarms
temperature, displaying.............................................103
attenuation in fiber-optic cable.......................................193
auxiliary port (for Routing Engine management) cable
specifications........................................................196
B
battery-handling warning..................................................159
braces, in configuration statements...............................xvii
brackets
angle, in syntax descriptions.....................................xvi
square, in configuration statements......................xvii
C
cable fiber-optic
attenuation............................................................193
dispersion...............................................................193
multimode and single-mode..........................192
transmission distance, maximum.................192
wavelength ranges..............................................192
chassis alarm messages See alarm, messages
installing in rack..............................................................55
chromatic dispersion in fiber-optic cable....................193
class 1 laser warning.............................................................156
class 1 LED warning..............................................................156
CLI command
to display chassis alarm messages..............103
commands
show chassis alarms...................................................103
comments, in configuration statements......................xvii
compliance statements for EMC requirements
Canada..............................................................................177
European Community.................................................177
Japan..................................................................................177
United States.................................................................178
components
field replacement...........................................................111
components, packing for shipment..............................206
configuration
services gateway............................................................85
console port (for Routing Engine management) cable
specifications........................................................196
conventions
notice icons.......................................................................xv
text and syntax...............................................................xvi
cooling system
troubleshooting............................................................103
curly braces, in configuration statements....................xvii
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
225
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
customer support.................................................................xviii
contacting JTAC............................................................xviii
customer support, contacting.........................................198
D
DC power cables
replacing..........................................................................135
DC power supply
installing............................................................................67
dispersion in fiber-optic cable..........................................193
E
earthquakes
site preparation for........................................................45
EIA rack standards.................................................................44
electrical
accident procedures...................................................165
safety guidelines and warnings..............................165
electrical specifications......................................................186
EMC requirements
Canada..............................................................................177
European Community.................................................177
Japan..................................................................................177
United States.................................................................178
ETSI rack standards...............................................................44
F
fan tray
troubleshooting............................................................103
fan trays
replacing............................................................................113
field-replaceable units
listed....................................................................................111
fire safety requirements......................................................148
font conventions.....................................................................xvi
front panel..................................................................................14
G
guidelines, electrical safety...............................................165
H
hardware components
power requirements....................................................187
higher-order mode loss (HOL)........................................192
I
installation
AC power, connecting...................................................79
DC power, connecting..................................................80
instructions warning...................................................150
parts received, verifying...............................................49
installing
AC power supply............................................................66
DC power supply.............................................................67
instructions calculation
power requirements...........................................187
status, checking............................................................105
troubleshooting............................................................105
See also replacing
J
jewelry removal warning....................................................160
JTAC..........................................................................................204
Juniper Technical Assistance Center See JTAC
L
laser beam warning..............................................................157
laser safety guidelines.........................................................155
lightning activity warning...................................................162
link loss, calculating.............................................................194
M
modal dispersion in fiber-optic cable...........................193
mode loss, higher-order......................................................192
multimode fiber-optic cable See cable, fiber-optic
N
Network and Services Processing Card
replacing..........................................................................120
Network Processing Card
replacing...........................................................................217
notice icons................................................................................xv
NPC.............................................................................................217
status, checking............................................................215
See also replacing
NPCs
troubleshooting.............................................................215
NSPC..........................................................................................120
See also replacing
NSPCs
troubleshooting............................................................106
O
online insertion and removal of components,
description.............................................................................111
operating temperature warning.......................................162
226 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
Index
P
packing services gateway
components for shipment.......................................206
for shipment..................................................................205
required tools and parts...........................................204
parentheses, in syntax descriptions...............................xvii
parts
required for packing...................................................204
PIC
SONET/SDH
power budget calculation................................194
power
budget calculation.......................................................194
margin calculation.......................................................194
requirements for hardware components............187
power supplies
AC electrical specifications......................................186
power system
AC electrical specifications......................................186
troubleshooting.............................................................107
powering off the services gateway..................................83
powering on the services gateway...................................82
product disposal warning..................................................164
Q
qualified personnel warning.............................................144
R
rack
securing to building.......................................................45
size and strength required..........................................44
standards, EIA and ETSI..............................................44
rack requirements
mounting..........................................................................151
radiation from open port apertures warning..............158
repair policies.........................................................................198
replacing
AC power supply cord.................................................132
air filter...............................................................................116
DC power supply cord.................................................135
fan trays.............................................................................113
IOC......................................................................................122
NPC.....................................................................................217
NSPC.................................................................................120
Routing Engine...............................................................118
SPC....................................................................................218
SYSIOC.............................................................................124
restricted access area warning........................................145
return materials authorization..........................................197
return procedure....................................................................197
RMA See return materials authorization
Routing Engine management ports
cable and wire specifications.........................196
replacing...........................................................................118
S
safety guidelines, laser........................................................155
safety requirements
fire......................................................................................148
fire suppression equipment.....................................148
services gateway........................................................................3
configuration...................................................................85
front panel.........................................................................14
packing............................................................................204
packing for shipment.................................................205
parts list.............................................................................49
returning...........................................................................197
unpacking..........................................................................47
Services Processing Card
replacing..........................................................................218
shipment
packing services gateway........................................205
packing the components.........................................206
show chassis alarms command.............................103, 107
show chassis fpc command.............................................105
show chassis fpc detail command................................105
show chassis IOC command............................................105
show chassis IOC detail command...............................105
show chassis NPC command...........................................215
show chassis NPC detail command..............................215
show chassis NSPC command.......................................106
show chassis NSPC detail command...........................106
show chassis SPC command...........................................216
show chassis SPC detail command..............................216
signal dispersion....................................................................192
single-mode fiber-optic cable See cable, fiber-optic
SPC.............................................................................................218
status, checking...................................................106, 216
See also replacing
SPCs
troubleshooting.............................................................216
specifications cable
Routing Engine management ports.............196
power
drawn by hardware components..................187
Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
227
SRX1400 Services Gateway Hardware Guide
power system.................................................................187
rack
connection to building structure.....................45
size and strength...................................................44
SRX1400 Services Gateway..................................................3
support, requesting from JTAC.............................203, 204
support, technical See technical support
syntax conventions................................................................xvi
SYS I/O card
replacing..........................................................................124
SYSIOC .....................................................................................124
status, checking............................................................105
troubleshooting............................................................105
See also replacing
T
technical support
contacting JTAC............................................................xviii
tools required for
packing............................................................................204
transmission distances, fiber-optic cable...................192
troubleshooting
cooling system..............................................................103
fans....................................................................................103
IOC.....................................................................................105
NPC....................................................................................215
power system.................................................................107
SPC...........................................................................106, 216
SYSIO card......................................................................105
U
U (rack unit)..............................................................................44
unpacking the services gateway.......................................47
W
warning
battery-handling...........................................................159
class 1 laser.....................................................................156
class 1 LED.......................................................................156
electrical safety guidelines.......................................165
installation instructions.............................................150
jewelry removal............................................................160
laser beam.......................................................................157
lightning activity............................................................162
operating temperature...............................................162
product disposal..........................................................164
rack-mount requirements..........................................151
radiation from open apertures................................158
wavelength ranges supported by fiber-optic
cable......................................................................................192
228 Copyright © 2010, Juniper Networks, Inc.
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project
Related manuals
advertisement
Table of contents
- 52 AC Power Supply Overview
- 53 AC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
- 53 AC Power Supply LEDs
- 54 DC Power Supply Overview
- 54 DC Power Supply Electrical Specifications
- 55 DC Power Supply LEDs
- 63 Cabinet Size and Clearance Requirements
- 63 Cabinet Airflow Requirements
- 64 SRX1400 Services Gateway Rack Size and Strength Requirements
- 65 SRX1400 Services Gateway Spacing of Mounting Bracket Holes
- 65 Connecting the SRX1400 Services Gateway to the Building Structure
- 185 Safety Guidelines and Warnings
- 186 Grounded Equipment Warning
- 187 Backplane Energy Hazard Warning
- 187 Multiple Power Supplies Disconnection Warning
- 188 Power Disconnection Warning
- 189 TN Power Warning
- 189 Copper Conductors Warning
- 190 DC Power Electrical Safety Guidelines
- 191 DC Power Disconnection Warning
- 192 DC Power Grounding Requirements and Warning
- 193 DC Power Wiring Sequence Warning
- 194 DC Power Wiring Terminations Warning